Home / Text / al-Mirqāt

المِرْقاة

al-Mirqāt Faḍl-i Imām Khayrābādī

About this text

al-Mirqāt المِرْقاة

Faḍl-i Imām Khayrābādī (d. 1243 or 1244/1828–29)

Text
Arabic: al-Mirqāt, with al-Shīrkūtī's gloss al-Mirʾāt (gloss not reproduced), checked against the Delhi print of 1286/1869 (Sayyid al-Maṭābiʿ); vowel marks added by The Mantiqi (draft), Kutub Khāna Iʿzāziyya, Deoband after 1336/1917 View the scan
Translation
The Mantiqi's own; a draft.
Review
Draft, awaiting review by Ustadh Muhammad Yusuf.
Draft · translation awaiting review

Introduction (al-muqaddima)

المُقَدِّمَةُ

Lesson 1 · The opening: knowledge, conception and assent

الافْتِتاحُ: العِلْمُ وَالتَّصَوُّرُ وَالتَّصْدِيقُ
0

الحَمْدُ لِلّٰهِ الَّذِي أَبْدَعَ الأَفْلاكَ وَالأَرَضِينَ، وَالصَّلاةُ عَلَى مَنْ كانَ نَبِيًّا وَآدَمُ بَيْنَ الماءِ وَالطِّينِ، وَعَلَى آلِهِ وَأَصْحابِهِ أَجْمَعِينَ. وَبَعْدُ: فَهٰذِهِ عِدَّةُ فُصُولٍ فِي عِلْمِ المِيزانِ لا بُدَّ مِنْ حِفْظِها وَ ضَبْطِها لِمَنْ أَرادَ أَنْ يَتَذَكَّرَ مِنْ أُولِي الأَذْهانِ، وَعَلَى اللهِ التَّوَكُّلُ وَهُوَ المُسْتَعانُ.

Praise be to God, who originated the celestial spheres and the earths. Blessings be upon him who was a prophet while Adam was still between water and clay, and upon his family and his companions, all of them. To proceed: these are a number of chapters on the science of the balance (ʿilm al-mīzān) which anyone of understanding who wishes to take heed must memorise and master. In God is our trust, and He is the one whose help is sought.

· p. 2

مُقَدِّمَةٌ

1

اِعْلَمْ أَنَّ العِلْمَ يُطْلَقُ عَلَى مَعانٍ: أَحَدُها حُصُولُ صُورَةِ الشَّيْءِ فِي العَقْلِ، ثانِيها الصُّورَةُ الحاصِلَةُ مِنَ الشَّيْءِ عِنْدَ العَقْلِ، ثالِثُها الحاضِرُ عِنْدَ المُدْرِكِ، رابِعُها قَبُولُ النَّفْسِ لِتِلْكَ الصُّورَةِ، خامِسُها الإِضافَةُ الحاصِلَةُ بَيْنَ العالِمِ وَالمَعْلُومِ. وَيَنْقَسِمُ عَلَى قِسْمَيْنِ: أَحَدُهُما يُقالُ لَهُ التَّصَوُّرُ، وَثانِيهِما يُعَبَّرُ عَنْهُ بِالتَّصْدِيقِ. أَمّا التَّصَوُّرُ فَهُوَ الإِدْراكُ الخالِي عَنِ الحُكْمِ، وَالمُرادُ بِالحُكْمِ نِسْبَةُ أَمْرٍ إِلَى أَمْرٍ إِيجابًا أَوْ سَلْبًا، وَإِنْ شِئْتَ قُلْتَ: إِيقاعًا أَوِ انْتِزاعًا، وَقَدْ يُفَسَّرُ الحُكْمُ بِوُقُوعِ النِّسْبَةِ أَوْ لا وُقُوعِها؛ كَما إِذا تَصَوَّرْتَ زَيْدًا وَحْدَهُ أَوْ قائِمًا وَحْدَهُ مِنْ دُونِ أَنْ تُثْبِتَ القِيامَ لِزَيْدٍ أَوْ تَسْلُبَهُ عَنْهُ. أَمّا التَّصْدِيقُ فَهُوَ عَلَى قَوْلِ الحُكَماءِ عِبارَةٌ عَنِ الحُكْمِ المُقارِنِ لِلتَّصَوُّراتِ، فَالتَّصَوُّراتُ الثَّلاثَةُ شَرْطٌ لِوُجُودِ التَّصْدِيقِ، وَمِنْ ثَمَّ لا يُوجَدُ تَصْدِيقٌ بِلا تَصَوُّرٍ. وَالإِمامُ الرّازِيُّ يَقُولُ: إِنَّهُ عِبارَةٌ عَنْ مَجْمُوعِ الحُكْمِ وَتَصَوُّراتِ الأَطْرافِ؛ فَإِذا قُلْتَ: «زَيْدٌ قائِمٌ» وَأَذْعَنْتَ بِقِيامِ زَيْدٍ تَحْصُلُ لَكَ عُلُومٌ ثَلاثَةٌ: أَحَدُها عِلْمُ زَيْدٍ، وَثانِيها إِدْراكُ مَعْنَى قائِمٍ، وَثالِثُها عِلْمُ المَعْنَى الرّابِطِ الَّذِي يُعَبَّرُ عَنْهُ فِي الفارِسِيَّةِ بِـ«هَسْت» فِي الإِيجابِ وَ«نِيسْت» فِي السَّلْبِ، وَ«ہے» وَ«نہیں» فِي الهِنْدِيَّةِ، وَيُقالُ لِهٰذا المَعْنَى الحُكْمُ تارَةً وَالنِّسْبَةُ الحُكْمِيَّةُ أُخْرَى. فَإِذا أَتْقَنْتَ ما عَلَّمْناكَ فَاعْلَمْ أَنَّ الحَكِيمَ يَزْعُمُ أَنَّ التَّصْدِيقَ لَيْسَ إِلّا إِدْراكَ المَعْنَى الرّابِطِيِّ، وَالإِمامَ يَزْعُمُ أَنَّ التَّصْدِيقَ مَجْمُوعُ الإِدْراكاتِ الثَّلاثَةِ، أَعْنِي تَصَوُّرَ المَحْكُومِ عَلَيْهِ وَتَصَوُّرَ المَحْكُومِ بِهِ وَإِدْراكَ النِّسْبَةِ الحُكْمِيَّةِ المُسَمَّى بِالحُكْمِ.

Know that the word “” (ʿilm) is used in several senses. The first is the occurrence of a thing's form in the intellect. The second is the form of the thing that has occurred with the intellect. The third is what is present to the one who grasps it. The fourth is the soul's receiving that form. The fifth is the relation that comes about between the knower and the known. Knowledge is divided into two kinds: one is called (taṣawwur), and the other is expressed as (taṣdīq). Conception is a grasp free of judgement (ḥukm). By judgement is meant relating one thing to another affirmatively or negatively; or, if you like, positing [the relation] or removing it. Judgement is also sometimes explained as [grasping] that the relation obtains or does not obtain. [Conception is] as when you conceive Zayd alone, or standing alone, without affirming standing of Zayd or denying it of him. As for assent, according to the philosophers (ḥukamāʾ) it is the judgement accompanied by conceptions; so the three conceptions are a condition for the existence of assent, and for this reason there is no assent without conception. Imām al-Rāzī, however, says that it is the sum of the judgement and the conceptions of the [two] sides. So when you say “Zayd is standing” and accept that Zayd is standing, three pieces of knowledge come to you. The first is the knowledge of Zayd; the second is the grasp of the meaning of “standing”; and the third is the knowledge of the linking meaning, which is expressed in Persian by “hast” [“is”] in and “nīst” [“is not”] in , and in Hindi [Urdu] by “ہے” (hai, “is”) and “نہیں” (nahīṉ, “not”). This meaning is sometimes called the judgement and at other times the relation of judgement (al-nisba al-ḥukmiyya). Once you have mastered what we have taught you, know that the philosopher holds that assent is nothing but the grasp of the linking meaning, while the Imām holds that assent is the sum of the three grasps, I mean the conception of what is judged about, the conception of what is judged of it, and the grasp of the relation of judgement, which is called the judgement.

· p. 3

فَصْلٌ

2

التَّصَوُّرُ قِسْمانِ: أَحَدُهُما بَدِيهِيٌّ، أَيْ حاصِلٌ بِلا نَظَرٍ وَكَسْبٍ، كَتَصَوُّرِنا الحَرارَةَ وَالبُرُودَةَ، وَيُقالُ لَهُ الضَّرُورِيُّ أَيْضًا؛ وَثانِيهِما نَظَرِيٌّ، أَيْ يَحْتاجُ فِي حُصُولِهِ إِلَى الفِكْرِ وَالنَّظَرِ، كَتَصَوُّرِنا الجِنَّ وَالمَلائِكَةَ، فَإِنّا مُحْتاجُونَ فِي أَمْثالِ هٰذِهِ التَّصَوُّراتِ إِلَى تَجَشُّمِ فِكْرٍ وَتَرْتِيبِ نَظَرٍ، وَيُقالُ لَهُ الكَسْبِيُّ أَيْضًا. وَالتَّصْدِيقُ أَيْضًا قِسْمانِ: أَحَدُهُما البَدِيهِيُّ، أَيِ الحاصِلُ مِنْ غَيْرِ فِكْرٍ وَكَسْبٍ، وَثانِيهِما النَّظَرِيُّ المُفْتَقِرُ إِلَيْهِ؛ مِثالُ الأَوَّلِ: «الكُلُّ أَعْظَمُ مِنَ الجُزْءِ» وَ«الاِثْنانِ نِصْفُ الأَرْبَعَةِ»، وَمِثالُ الثّانِي: «العالَمُ حادِثٌ» وَ«الصّانِعُ مَوْجُودٌ»، وَنَحْوُ ذٰلِكَ.

is of two kinds. One is (badīhī), that is, attained without and effort, like our conception of heat and cold; it is also called ḍarūrī (“necessary”). The other is (naẓarī), that is, it needs thinking and reflection in order to be attained, like our conception of the jinn and the angels: for conceptions such as these we need to take the trouble of thinking and to arrange a reflection. It is also called kasbī (“earned”). too is of two kinds. One is immediate, that is, attained without thinking and effort; the other is acquired, which needs them. Examples of the first are “The whole is greater than the part” and “Two is half of four”; examples of the second are “The world has come into being (ḥādith)” and “The Maker exists”, and the like.

· p. 4

فائِدَةٌ

3

وَإِذا عَلِمْتَ ما ذَكَرْنا أَنَّ النَّظَرِيّاتِ مُطْلَقًا تَصَوُّرِيًّا كانَتْ أَوْ تَصْدِيقِيًّا مُفْتَقِرَةٌ إِلَى نَظَرٍ وَفِكْرٍ، فَلا بُدَّ لَكَ أَنْ تَعْلَمَ مَعْنَى النَّظَرِ، فَأَقُولُ: النَّظَرُ فِي اصْطِلاحِهِمْ عِبارَةٌ عَنْ تَرْتِيبِ أُمُورٍ مَعْلُومَةٍ لِيَتَأَدَّى ذٰلِكَ التَّرْتِيبُ إِلَى تَحْصِيلِ المَجْهُولِ؛ إِذا رَتَّبْتَ المَعْلُوماتِ الحاصِلَةَ لَكَ مِنْ تَغَيُّرِ العالَمِ وَحُدُوثِ كُلِّ مُتَغَيِّرٍ، وَتَقُولُ: «العالَمُ مُتَغَيِّرٌ، وَكُلُّ مُتَغَيِّرٍ حادِثٌ»، فَحَصَلَ لَكَ مِنْ هٰذا النَّظَرِ وَالتَّرْتِيبِ عِلْمُ قَضِيَّةٍ أُخْرَى لَمْ يَكُنْ حاصِلًا لَكَ قَبْلُ، وَهِيَ «العالَمُ حادِثٌ».

Now that you know, from what we have said, that things in general, whether or , need and thinking, you must know what reflection means. So I say: reflection (naẓar), in their technical usage, is arranging known things so that this arrangement leads to obtaining what is unknown. [It is] as when you arrange the known things you have, namely that the world changes and that everything that changes has come into being, and say: “The world changes, and everything that changes has come into being.” From this reflection and arrangement you obtain of another , which you did not have before, namely “The world has come into being.”

· p. 5

فَصْلٌ

4

إِيّاكَ وَأَنْ تَظُنَّ أَنَّ كُلَّ تَرْتِيبٍ يَكُونُ صَوابًا مُوصِلًا إِلَى عِلْمٍ صَحِيحٍ، كَيْفَ وَلَوْ كانَ الأَمْرُ كَذٰلِكَ لَما وَقَعَ الاِخْتِلافُ وَالتَّناقُضُ بَيْنَ أَرْبابِ النَّظَرِ، مَعَ أَنَّهُ قَدْ وَقَعَ؛ فَمِنْ قائِلٍ يَقُولُ: «العالَمُ حادِثٌ» وَيَسْتَدِلُّ بِقَوْلِهِ: «العالَمُ مُتَغَيِّرٌ، وَكُلُّ مُتَغَيِّرٍ حادِثٌ، فَالعالَمُ حادِثٌ»، وَمِنْ زاعِمٍ يَزْعُمُ أَنَّ العالَمَ قَدِيمٌ غَيْرُ مَسْبُوقٍ بِالعَدَمِ، وَيُبَرْهِنُ عَلَيْهِ بِقَوْلِهِ: «العالَمُ مُسْتَغْنٍ عَنِ المُؤَثِّرِ، وَكُلُّ ما هٰذا شَأْنُهُ فَهُوَ قَدِيمٌ». وَلا أَظُنُّكَ شاكًّا فِي أَنَّ أَحَدَ الفِكْرَيْنِ صَحِيحٌ حَقٌّ وَالآخَرَ فاسِدٌ غَلَطٌ، وَإِذا كانَ قَدْ وَقَعَ الغَلَطُ فِي فِكْرِ العُقَلاءِ فَعُلِمَ مِنْ ذٰلِكَ أَنَّ الفِطْرَةَ الإِنْسانِيَّةَ غَيْرُ كافِيَةٍ فِي تَمْيِيزِ الخَطَإِ مِنَ الصَّوابِ وَامْتِيازِ القِشْرِ عَنِ اللُّبابِ، فَجاءَتِ الحاجَةُ فِي ذٰلِكَ إِلَى قانُونٍ عاصِمٍ عَنِ الخَطَإِ فِي الفِكْرِ، يُبَيَّنُ فِيهِ طُرُقُ اكْتِسابِ المَجْهُولاتِ عَنِ المَعْلُوماتِ، وَهٰذا القانُونُ هُوَ المَنْطِقُ وَالمِيزانُ. أَمّا تَسْمِيَتُهُ بِالمَنْطِقِ فَلِتَأْثِيرِهِ فِي النُّطْقِ الظّاهِرِيِّ، أَعْنِي التَّكَلُّمَ؛ إِذِ العارِفُ بِهِ يَقْوَى عَلَى التَّكَلُّمِ ما لا يَقْوَى عَلَيْهِ الجاهِلُ، وَكَذا فِي النُّطْقِ الباطِنِيِّ، أَعْنِي الإِدْراكَ؛ لِأَنَّ المَنْطِقِيَّ يَعْرِفُ حَقائِقَ الأَشْياءِ، وَيَعْلَمُ أَجْناسَها وَفُصُولَها وَأَنْواعَها وَلَوازِمَها وَخَواصَّها، بِخِلافِ الغافِلِ عَنْ هٰذا العِلْمِ الشَّرِيفِ. وَأَمّا تَسْمِيَتُهُ بِالمِيزانِ فَلِأَنَّهُ قِسْطاسٌ لِلْعَقْلِ، يُوزَنُ بِهِ الأَفْكارُ الصَّحِيحَةُ، وَيُعْرَفُ بِهِ نُقْصانُ ما فِي الأَفْكارِ الفاسِدَةِ وَاخْتِلالُ ما فِي الأَنْظارِ الكاسِدَةِ. وَمِنْ ثَمَّ يُقالُ لَهُ العِلْمُ الآلِيُّ؛ لِكَوْنِهِ آلَةً لِجَمِيعِ العُلُومِ، لا سِيَّما لِلْعُلُومِ الحِكْمِيَّةِ.

Beware of thinking that every arrangement is correct and leads to sound . How could that be? If things were so, there would be no disagreement and among the people of ; yet there is. One person says “The world has come into being” and argues for it by saying: “The world changes, and everything that changes has come into being; so the world has come into being.” Another claims that the world is eternal (qadīm), not preceded by non-existence, and offers as proof: “The world has no need of anything to bring it about, and everything of this kind is eternal.” I do not think you doubt that one of these two thoughts is sound and true and the other corrupt and mistaken. And since error has occurred in the thinking of rational people, we learn from this that human nature is not enough to tell error from what is correct, or the husk from the kernel. So there arose a need for a rule (qānūn) that protects from error in thinking, in which the ways of acquiring unknown things from known things are set out. This rule is (manṭiq), also called the balance (mīzān). It is called logic (manṭiq) because of its effect on outward speech (nuṭq), I mean speaking: whoever knows it is able to speak in a way that the ignorant cannot. Likewise [because of its effect] on inward speech, I mean grasping: for the logician knows the of things, and knows their genera, their differentiae, their , their concomitants and their , unlike someone who neglects this noble science. It is called the balance (mīzān) because it is a scale for the intellect: by it sound thoughts are weighed, and by it one recognises what is deficient in corrupt thoughts and what is faulty in worthless reflections. For this reason it is called the instrumental science (al-ʿilm al-ālī), since it is an instrument for all the sciences, especially the philosophical sciences.

· p. 5

Lesson 2 · Logic: its founder, definition, subject and aim

المَنْطِقُ: مُدَوِّنُهُ وَحَدُّهُ وَمَوْضُوعُهُ وَغايَتُهُ

فائِدَةٌ

5

اِعْلَمْ أَنَّ أَرِسْطاطالِيسَ الحَكِيمَ مُدَوِّنُ هٰذا العِلْمِ بِأَمْرِ الإِسْكَنْدَرِ الرُّومِيِّ، وَلِهٰذا يُلَقَّبُ بِالمُعَلِّمِ الأَوَّلِ، وَالفارابِيُّ هَذَّبَ هٰذا الفَنَّ، وَهُوَ المُعَلِّمُ الثّانِي، وَبَعْدَ إِضاعَةِ كُتُبِ الفارابِيِّ فَصَّلَهُ الشَّيْخُ أَبُو عَلِيِّ بْنُ سِينا.

Know that the philosopher Aristotle set this science down in writing at the command of Alexander the Greek (al-Iskandar al-Rūmī); this is why he is given the title “the First Teacher”. Al-Fārābī refined this discipline, and he is the Second Teacher. After al-Fārābī's books were lost, the Shaykh Abū ʿAlī ibn Sīnā set it out in detail.

· p. 7

فَصْلٌ

6

وَلَعَلَّكَ عَلِمْتَ مِمّا تَلَوْنا عَلَيْكَ فِي بَيانِ الحاجَةِ حَدَّ المَنْطِقِ وَتَعْرِيفَهُ مِنْ أَنَّهُ عِلْمٌ بِقَوانِينَ تَعْصِمُ مُراعاتُها الذِّهْنَ عَنِ الخَطَإِ فِي الفِكْرِ.

Perhaps you have already learned, from what we recited to you in explaining the need [for ], its and its : it is a science of rules whose observance protects the mind from error in thinking.

· p. 7

فَصْلٌ

7

مَوْضُوعُ كُلِّ عِلْمٍ ما يُبْحَثُ فِيهِ عَنْ عَوارِضِهِ الذّاتِيَّةِ لَهُ، كَبَدَنِ الإِنْسانِ لِلطِّبِّ، وَالكَلِمَةِ وَالكَلامِ لِعِلْمِ النَّحْوِ؛ فَمَوْضُوعُ المَنْطِقِ المَعْلُوماتُ التَّصَوُّرِيَّةُ وَالتَّصْدِيقِيَّةُ، لٰكِنْ لا مُطْلَقًا، بَلْ مِنْ حَيْثُ إِنَّها مُوصِلَةٌ إِلَى المَجْهُولِ التَّصَوُّرِيِّ وَالتَّصْدِيقِيِّ.

The (mawḍūʿ) of any science is that whose accidents (ʿawāriḍ dhātiyya) are investigated in it, like the human body for medicine, and the word and the sentence for grammar. So the subject of is known things, those of and those of ; not absolutely, however, but insofar as they lead to the unknown, whether of conception or of assent.

· p. 7

فائِدَةٌ

8

اِعْلَمْ أَنَّ لِكُلِّ عِلْمٍ وَصِناعَةٍ غايَةً، وَإِلّا لَكانَ طَلَبُهُ عَبَثًا وَالجِدُّ فِيهِ لَغْوًا، وَغايَةُ عِلْمِ المِيزانِ الإِصابَةُ فِي الفِكْرِ وَحِفْظُ الرَّأْيِ عَنِ الخَطَإِ فِي النَّظَرِ.

Know that every science and every craft has an aim (ghāya); otherwise seeking it would be pointless and striving in it idle. The aim of the science of the balance is to be right in thinking and to keep one's judgement from error in .

· p. 7

فَصْلٌ

9

لا شُغْلَ لِلْمَنْطِقِيِّ مِنْ حَيْثُ إِنَّهُ مَنْطِقِيٌّ بِبَحْثِ الأَلْفاظِ، كَيْفَ وَهٰذا البَحْثُ بِمَعْزِلٍ عَنْ غَرَضِهِ وَغايَتِهِ! مَعَ ذٰلِكَ فَلا بُدَّ مِنْ بَحْثِ الأَلْفاظِ الدّالَّةِ عَلَى المَعانِي؛ لِأَنَّ الإِفادَةَ وَالاِسْتِفادَةَ مَوْقُوفَةٌ عَلَيْهِ، وَلِذٰلِكَ يَقَعُ بَحْثُ الدَّلالَةِ وَالأَلْفاظِ فِي كُتُبِ المَنْطِقِ.

The , insofar as he is a logician, has no business with investigating . How could he, when this investigation lies far from his purpose and aim? Even so, utterances that signify meanings must be investigated, because conveying to others and receiving it from them depends on this. That is why the discussion of and of utterances comes in books of logic.

· p. 8

Conceptions (al-taṣawwurāt)

التَّصَوُّراتُ

Lesson 3 · Signification

الدَّلالَةُ

فَصْلٌ فِي الدَّلالَةِ

10

الدَّلالَةُ لُغَةً هُوَ الإِرْشادُ، وَفِي الاِصْطِلاحِ كَوْنُ الشَّيْءِ بِحَيْثُ يَلْزَمُ مِنَ العِلْمِ بِهِ العِلْمُ بِشَيْءٍ آخَرَ. وَالدَّلالَةُ قِسْمانِ: لَفْظِيَّةٌ وَغَيْرُ لَفْظِيَّةٍ؛ وَاللَّفْظِيَّةُ ما يَكُونُ الدّالُّ فِيهِ اللَّفْظَ، وَغَيْرُ اللَّفْظِيَّةِ ما لا يَكُونُ الدّالُّ فِيهِ اللَّفْظَ. وَكُلٌّ مِنْهُما عَلَى ثَلاثَةِ أَنْحاءٍ: أَحَدُها اللَّفْظِيَّةُ الوَضْعِيَّةُ، كَدَلالَةِ لَفْظِ «زَيْدٍ» عَلَى مُسَمّاهُ؛ وَثانِيها اللَّفْظِيَّةُ الطَّبْعِيَّةُ، كَدَلالَةِ لَفْظِ «أُحْ» بِضَمِّ الهَمْزَةِ وَسُكُونِ الحاءِ المُهْمَلَةِ، وَقِيلَ بِفَتْحِها، عَلَى وَجَعِ الصَّدْرِ، فَإِنَّ الطَّبِيعَةَ تَضْطَرُّ بِإِحْداثِ هٰذا اللَّفْظِ عِنْدَ عُرُوضِ الوَجَعِ فِي الصَّدْرِ؛ وَثالِثُها اللَّفْظِيَّةُ العَقْلِيَّةُ، كَدَلالَةِ لَفْظِ «دَيْز» المَسْمُوعِ مِنْ وَراءِ الجِدارِ عَلَى وُجُودِ اللّافِظِ؛ وَرابِعُها غَيْرُ اللَّفْظِيَّةِ الوَضْعِيَّةُ، كَدَلالَةِ الدَّوالِّ الأَرْبَعِ عَلَى مَدْلُولاتِها؛ وَخامِسُها غَيْرُ اللَّفْظِيَّةِ الطَّبِيعِيَّةُ، كَدَلالَةِ صَهِيلِ الفَرَسِ عَلَى طَلَبِ الماءِ وَالكَلَإِ؛ وَسادِسُها الغَيْرُ اللَّفْظِيَّةِ العَقْلِيَّةُ، كَدَلالَةِ الدُّخانِ عَلَى النّارِ فَهٰذِهِ سِتُّ دَلالاتٍ، وَالمَنْطِقِيُّ إِنَّما يَبْحَثُ عَنِ الدَّلالَةِ اللَّفْظِيَّةِ الوَضْعِيَّةِ؛ لِأَنَّ الإِفادَةَ لِلْغَيْرِ وَالاِسْتِفادَةَ مِنَ الغَيْرِ إِنَّما يَتَيَسَّرُ بِها بِسُهُولَةٍ، بِخِلافِ غَيْرِها؛ فَإِنَّ الإِفادَةَ وَالاِسْتِفادَةَ بِها لا يَخْلُو عَنْ صُعُوبَةٍ.

(dalāla) in language is guidance; in technical usage it is a thing's being in such a state that knowing it entails knowing something else. Signification is of two kinds, verbal and non-verbal. Verbal signification is that in which the signifier is an ; non-verbal is that in which the signifier is not an utterance. Each of the two is of three kinds, [which gives six]. The first is verbal conventional signification, like the word “Zayd” signifying the one named by it. The second is verbal natural signification, like the word “uḥ” (with a ḍamma on the hamza and the undotted ḥāʾ without a vowel; some say with a fatḥa) signifying pain in the chest: for nature compels one to produce this sound when pain comes on in the chest. The third is verbal rational signification, like the word “dayz”, heard from behind a wall, signifying the existence of someone who uttered it. The fourth is non-verbal conventional signification, like the four signifiers [writing, gestures, finger-knots and markers] signifying what they signify. The fifth is non-verbal natural signification, like a horse's neighing signifying that it wants water and fodder. The sixth is non-verbal rational signification, like smoke signifying fire. These are six kinds of signification. The investigates only verbal conventional signification, because only through it can be conveyed to others and received from them with ease; unlike the others, for conveying and receiving knowledge through them is not free of difficulty.

· p. 8

فَصْلٌ

11

وَيَنْبَغِي أَنْ تَعْلَمَ أَنَّ الدَّلالَةَ اللَّفْظِيَّةَ الوَضْعِيَّةَ الَّتِي لَها العِبْرَةُ فِي مُحاوَراتِ العُلُومِ عَلَى ثَلاثَةِ أَنْحاءٍ: أَحَدُها المُطابَقِيَّةُ، وَهِيَ أَنْ يَدُلَّ اللَّفْظُ عَلَى تَمامِ ما وُضِعَ ذٰلِكَ اللَّفْظُ لَهُ، كَدَلالَةِ الإِنْسانِ عَلَى مَجْمُوعِ الحَيَوانِ وَالنّاطِقِ؛ وَثانِيها التَّضَمُّنِيَّةُ، وَهِيَ أَنْ يَدُلَّ اللَّفْظُ عَلَى جُزْءِ المَعْنَى المَوْضُوعِ لَهُ، كَدَلالَتِهِ عَلَى الحَيَوانِ فَقَطْ أَوْ عَلَى النّاطِقِ فَقَطْ؛ وَثالِثُها الدَّلالَةُ الاِلْتِزامِيَّةُ، وَهِيَ أَنْ لا يَدُلَّ اللَّفْظُ عَلَى المَوْضُوعِ لَهُ وَلا عَلَى جُزْئِهِ، بَلْ عَلَى مَعْنًى خارِجٍ لازِمٍ لِلْمَوْضُوعِ لَهُ، وَاللّازِمُ هُوَ ما يَنْتَقِلُ الذِّهْنُ مِنَ المَوْضُوعِ لَهُ إِلَيْهِ، كَدَلالَةِ الإِنْسانِ عَلَى قابِلِ العِلْمِ وَصَنْعَةِ الكِتابَةِ، وَكَدَلالَةِ لَفْظِ العَمَى عَلَى البَصَرِ.

You should know that verbal conventional , which is what counts in the discourse of the sciences, is of three kinds. The first is by (muṭābaqa): the signifies the whole of what it was coined for, like “human” signifying “animal” and “rational” together. The second is by (taḍammun): the utterance signifies a part of the meaning for which it was coined, like its signifying “animal” only or “rational” only. The third is signification by (iltizām): the utterance signifies neither what it was coined for nor a part of it, but a meaning outside it that is concomitant (lāzim) with what it was coined for. The concomitant is that to which the mind passes from what [the utterance] was coined for, like “human” signifying “capable of and of the craft of writing”, and like the word “blindness” signifying sight.

· p. 9

فَصْلٌ

12

الدَّلالَةُ التَّضَمُّنِيَّةُ وَالاِلْتِزامِيَّةُ لا تُوجَدانِ بِدُونِ المُطابَقَةِ؛ وَذٰلِكَ لِأَنَّ الجُزْءَ لا يُتَصَوَّرُ بِدُونِ الكُلِّ، وَكَذا اللّازِمُ بِدُونِ المَلْزُومِ، وَالتّابِعُ لا يُوجَدُ بِدُونِ المَتْبُوعِ. وَالمُطابَقَةُ قَدْ تُوجَدُ بِدُونِهِما؛ لِجَوازِ أَنْ يُوضَعَ اللَّفْظُ لِمَعْنًى بَسِيطٍ لا جُزْءَ لَهُ وَلا لازِمَ لَهُ. فَإِنْ قُلْتَ: لا نُسَلِّمُ أَنَّهُ يُوجَدُ مَعْنًى لا لازِمَ لَهُ، فَإِنَّ لِكُلِّ مَعْنًى لازِمًا البَتَّةَ، وَأَقَلُّهُ أَنْ «لَيْسَ غَيْرَهُ». قُلْنا: المُرادُ بِاللّازِمِ هُوَ اللّازِمُ البَيِّنُ الَّذِي يَنْتَقِلُ الذِّهْنُ مِنَ المَلْزُومِ إِلَيْهِ، وَقَوْلُكَ «لَيْسَ غَيْرَهُ» لَيْسَ مِنَ اللَّوازِمِ البَيِّنَةِ؛ لِأَنّا كَثِيرًا ما نَتَصَوَّرُ المَعانِيَ وَلا يَخْطُرُ بِبالِنا مَعْنَى الغَيْرِ، فَضْلًا عَنْ كَوْنِهِ «لَيْسَ غَيْرَهُ».

by and by do not occur without . This is because the part is not without the whole, nor likewise the concomitant without what it accompanies (malzūm); and what follows does not exist without what it follows. Correspondence, however, may occur without the two, since an may be coined for a meaning that has no part and no concomitant. If you say: we do not grant that there is a meaning that has no concomitant, for every meaning certainly has a concomitant, the least of which is that it is “not other than itself”; we reply: by the concomitant is meant the evident concomitant (al-lāzim al-bayyin), to which the mind passes from what it accompanies. Your “not other than itself” is not one of the evident concomitants, for we often conceive meanings without the meaning of “other” even occurring to us, let alone its being “not other than itself”.

· p. 10

Lesson 4 · The simple utterance and its kinds

اللَّفْظُ المُفْرَدُ وَأَقْسامُهُ

فَصْلٌ

13

اللَّفْظُ الدّالُّ إِمّا مُفْرَدٌ وَإِمّا مُرَكَّبٌ؛ فَالمُفْرَدُ ما لا يُقْصَدُ بِجُزْئِهِ الدَّلالَةُ عَلَى جُزْءِ مَعْناهُ، كَدَلالَةِ هَمْزَةِ الاِسْتِفْهامِ عَلَى مَعْناهُ، وَدَلالَةِ «زَيْدٍ» عَلَى مُسَمّاهُ، وَدَلالَةِ «عَبْدِ اللهِ» عَلَى المَعْنَى العَلَمِيِّ؛ وَالمُرَكَّبُ ما يُقْصَدُ بِجُزْئِهِ الدَّلالَةُ عَلَى جُزْءِ مَعْناهُ، كَدَلالَةِ «زَيْدٌ قائِمٌ» عَلَى مَعْناهُ، وَدَلالَةِ «رامِي السَّهْمِ» عَلَى فَحْواهُ. ثُمَّ المُفْرَدُ عَلَى أَنْحاءٍ ثَلاثَةٍ؛ لِأَنَّهُ إِنْ كانَ مَعْناهُ مُسْتَقِلًّا بِالمَفْهُومِيَّةِ، أَيْ لَمْ يَكُنْ فِي فَهْمِهِ مُحْتاجًا إِلَى ضَمِيمَةٍ فَهُوَ اسْمٌ إِنْ لَمْ يَقْتَرِنْ ذٰلِكَ المَعْنَى بِزَمانٍ مِنَ الأَزْمِنَةِ الثَّلاثَةِ، وَكَلِمَةٌ إِنِ اقْتَرَنَ بِهِ؛ وَإِنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ مَعْناهُ مُسْتَقِلًّا فَهُوَ أَداةٌ فِي عُرْفِ المِيزانِيِّينَ، وَحَرْفٌ فِي اصْطِلاحِ النَّحْوِيِّينَ، هٰذا.

A signifying is either or composite. A simple utterance (mufrad) is one whose part is not meant to signify a part of its meaning, like the interrogative hamza signifying its meaning, “Zayd” signifying the one named by it, and “ʿAbd Allāh” signifying its meaning as a proper name. A (murakkab) is one whose part is meant to signify a part of its meaning, like “Zayd is standing” signifying its meaning and “thrower of the arrow” signifying what it conveys. Next, the simple utterance is of three kinds. For if its meaning is independent in being understood, that is, if understanding it does not need anything joined to it, then it is a noun (ism) if that meaning is not tied to one of the three times, and a kalima [the ' verb] if it is tied to one. If its meaning is not independent, it is a tool (adāt) in the usage of the logicians and a particle (ḥarf) in the technical usage of the grammarians. Mark this.

· p. 10

فَصْلٌ

14

اِعْلَمْ أَنَّهُ قَدْ ظَنَّ بَعْضُهُمْ أَنَّ الكَلِمَةَ عِنْدَ أَهْلِ المِيزانِ هِيَ ما يُسَمَّى فِي عِلْمِ النَّحْوِ بِالفِعْلِ، وَلَيْسَ هٰذا الظَّنُّ بِصَوابٍ؛ فَإِنَّ الفِعْلَ أَعَمُّ مِنَ الكَلِمَةِ، أَلا تَرَى أَنَّ نَحْوَ «أَضْرِبُ» وَ«نَضْرِبُ» وَأَمْثالَهُ فِعْلٌ عِنْدَ النُّحاةِ، وَلَيْسَ بِكَلِمَةٍ عِنْدَ المَنْطِقِيِّينَ؛ لِأَنَّ الكَلِمَةَ مِنْ أَقْسامِ المُفْرَدِ، وَنَحْوُ «أَضْرِبُ» مَثَلًا لَيْسَ بِمُفْرَدٍ، بَلْ هُوَ مُرَكَّبٌ؛ لِدَلالَةِ جُزْءِ اللَّفْظِ عَلَى جُزْءِ المَعْنَى، فَإِنَّ الهَمْزَةَ تَدُلُّ عَلَى المُتَكَلِّمِ، وَ«ضَرَبَ» عَلَى المَعْنَى الحَدَثِيِّ.

Know that some have thought that the kalima, for the , is what is called the verb (fiʿl) in grammar. This view is not right, because the verb is more general than the kalima. Do you not see that a form like “aḍribu” (“I strike”) or “naḍribu” (“we strike”) and the like is a verb for the grammarians but not a kalima for the logicians? For the kalima is one of the kinds of , while “aḍribu”, for example, is not simple but composite, since a part of the signifies a part of the meaning: the hamza signifies the speaker, and “ḍaraba” the meaning of the act.

· p. 11

فَصْلٌ

15

قَدْ يُقَسَّمُ المُفْرَدُ بِتَقْسِيمٍ آخَرَ، وَهُوَ أَنَّ المُفْرَدَ إِمّا أَنْ يَكُونَ مَعْناهُ واحِدًا أَوْ يَكُونَ كَثِيرًا، وَالَّذِي لَهُ مَعْنًى واحِدٌ عَلَى ثَلاثَةِ أَضْرُبٍ؛ لِأَنَّهُ لا يَخْلُو إِمّا أَنْ يَكُونَ ذٰلِكَ المَعْنَى مُتَعَيِّنًا مُتَشَخِّصًا أَوْ لَمْ يَكُنْ؛ وَالأَوَّلُ يُسَمَّى عَلَمًا، كَـ«زَيْدٍ» وَ«هٰذا» وَ«هُوَ»، وَالأَوْلَى أَنْ يُسَمَّى هٰذا القِسْمُ بِالجُزْئِيِّ الحَقِيقِيِّ؛ وَالثّانِي، أَيْ ما لا يَكُونُ مَعْناهُ الواحِدُ مُتَشَخِّصًا بَلْ يَكُونُ لَهُ أَفْرادٌ كَثِيرَةٌ، هُوَ ضَرْبانِ: أَحَدُهُما أَنْ يَكُونَ صِدْقُ ذٰلِكَ المَعْنَى عَلَى سائِرِ أَفْرادِهِ عَلَى سَبِيلِ الاِسْتِواءِ مِنْ غَيْرِ أَنْ يَتَفاوَتَ بِأَوَّلِيَّةٍ أَوْ أَوْلَوِيَّةٍ أَوْ أَشَدِّيَّةٍ أَوْ أَزْيَدِيَّةٍ، وَيُسَمَّى هٰذا القِسْمُ بِالمُتَواطِئِ؛ لِتَواطُؤِ أَفْرادِهِ وَتَوافُقِها فِي تَصادُقِ ذٰلِكَ المَعْنَى العامِّ، كَالإِنْسانِ بِالنِّسْبَةِ إِلَى زَيْدٍ وَعَمْرٍو وَبَكْرٍ؛ وَثانِيهِما أَنْ لا يَكُونَ صِدْقُ ذٰلِكَ المَعْنَى العامِّ فِي جَمِيعِ أَفْرادِهِ عَلَى وَجْهِ الاِسْتِواءِ، بَلْ يَكُونُ صِدْقُ ذٰلِكَ المَعْنَى عَلَى بَعْضِ الأَفْرادِ بِالأَوَّلِيَّةِ أَوِ الأَشَدِّيَّةِ أَوِ الأَوْلَوِيَّةِ، وَصِدْقُها عَلَى البَعْضِ الآخَرِ بِأَضْدادِ ذٰلِكَ، كَالوُجُودِ بِالنِّسْبَةِ إِلَى الواجِبِ جَلَّ مَجْدُهُ وَبِالنِّسْبَةِ إِلَى المُمْكِنِ، وَكَالبَياضِ بِالنِّسْبَةِ إِلَى الثَّلْجِ وَالعاجِ، وَيُسَمَّى هٰذا القِسْمُ مُشَكِّكًا؛ لِأَنَّهُ يُوقِعُ النّاظِرَ فِي الشَّكِّ فِي كَوْنِهِ مُتَواطِئًا أَوْ مُشْتَرَكًا.

The is sometimes divided in another way: its meaning is either one or many. What has one meaning is of three kinds, because that meaning must either be determinate and individuated or not. The first is called a proper name (ʿalam), like “Zayd”, “this” and “he”; it is more fitting to call this kind the real (al-juzʾī al-ḥaqīqī). The second, whose one meaning is not individuated but has many individuals, is of two kinds. In the first, that meaning is true of all its individuals equally, without differing by priority, by greater fittingness, by greater intensity or by greater amount. This kind is called univocal (mutawāṭiʾ), because its individuals agree (tawāṭuʾ) and concur in that general meaning's being true of them, like “human” relative to Zayd, ʿAmr and Bakr. In the second, that general meaning is not true of all its individuals equally: it is true of some individuals with priority, greater intensity or greater fittingness, and of the others with the opposite of these, like “existence” relative to the Necessarily Existent, glorious is His majesty, and relative to the possible, and like “whiteness” relative to snow and ivory. This kind is called graded (mushakkik), because it puts the one who considers it into doubt (shakk) whether it is univocal or homonymous.

· p. 11

فَصْلٌ

16

لِلْمُتَكَثِّرِ المَعْنَى لَهُ أَقْسامٌ عَدِيدَةٌ، وَجْهُ الحَصْرِ أَنَّ اللَّفْظَ الَّذِي كَثُرَ مَعْناهُ إِنْ وُضِعَ ذٰلِكَ اللَّفْظُ لِكُلِّ مَعْنًى ابْتِداءً بِأَوْضاعٍ مُتَعَدِّدَةٍ عَلَى حِدَةٍ يُسَمَّى مُشْتَرَكًا، كَالعَيْنِ وُضِعَ تارَةً لِلذَّهَبِ، وَتارَةً لِلْباصِرَةِ، وَتارَةً لِلرُّكْبَةِ؛ وَإِنْ لَمْ يُوضَعْ لِكُلٍّ ابْتِداءً بَلْ وُضِعَ أَوَّلًا لِمَعْنًى ثُمَّ اسْتُعْمِلَ فِي مَعْنًى ثانٍ لِأَجْلِ مُناسَبَةٍ بَيْنَهُما، فَإِنِ اشْتَهَرَ فِي الثّانِي وَتُرِكَ مَوْضُوعُهُ الأَوَّلُ يُسَمَّى مَنْقُولًا. وَالمَنْقُولُ بِالنَّظَرِ إِلَى النّاقِلِ يَنْقَسِمُ إِلَى ثَلاثَةِ أَقْسامٍ: أَحَدُها المَنْقُولُ العُرْفِيُّ بِاعْتِبارِ كَوْنِ النّاقِلِ عُرْفًا عامًّا، وَثانِيها المَنْقُولُ الشَّرْعِيُّ بِاعْتِبارِ كَوْنِهِ أَرْبابَ الشَّرْعِ، وَثالِثُها المَنْقُولُ الاِصْطِلاحِيُّ بِاعْتِبارِ كَوْنِهِ عُرْفًا خاصًّا وَطائِفَةً مَخْصُوصَةً. مِثالُ الأَوَّلِ كَلَفْظَةِ الدّابَّةِ، كانَ فِي الأَصْلِ مَوْضُوعًا لِما يَدِبُّ عَلَى الأَرْضِ، ثُمَّ نَقَلَهُ العامَّةُ لِلْفَرَسِ أَوْ لِذَواتِ القَوائِمِ الأَرْبَعِ؛ مِثالُ الثّانِي كَلَفْظِ الصَّلاةِ، كانَ فِي الأَصْلِ بِمَعْنَى الدُّعاءِ، ثُمَّ نَقَلَهُ الشّارِعُ إِلَى الأَرْكانِ المَخْصُوصَةِ؛ مِثالُ الثّالِثِ كَلَفْظِ الاِسْمِ، كانَ فِي اللُّغَةِ بِمَعْنَى العُلُوِّ، ثُمَّ نَقَلَهُ النُّحاةُ إِلَى كَلِمَةٍ مُسْتَقِلَّةٍ فِي الدَّلالَةِ غَيْرِ مُقْتَرِنَةٍ بِزَمانٍ مِنَ الأَزْمِنَةِ الثَّلاثَةِ. وَإِنْ لَمْ يَشْتَهِرْ فِي الثّانِي وَلَمْ يُتْرَكِ الأَوَّلُ، بَلْ يُسْتَعْمَلُ فِي المَوْضُوعِ الأَوَّلِ مَرَّةً وَفِي الثّانِي أُخْرَى، يُسَمَّى بِالنِّسْبَةِ إِلَى الأَوَّلِ حَقِيقَةً، وَبِالنِّسْبَةِ إِلَى الثّانِي مَجازًا، كَالأَسَدِ بِالنِّسْبَةِ إِلَى الحَيَوانِ المُفْتَرِسِ وَالرَّجُلِ الشُّجاعِ، فَهُوَ بِالنِّسْبَةِ إِلَى الأَوَّلِ حَقِيقَةٌ، وَبِالنِّسْبَةِ إِلَى الثّانِي مَجازٌ.

An with many meanings has several kinds. The reasoning behind the division is this. If an utterance that has many meanings was coined for each meaning from the start, by several separate acts of coining, it is called homonymous (mushtarak), like “ʿayn”, which was coined once for gold, once for the eye and once for the knee. If it was not coined for each from the start, but was first coined for one meaning and then used for a second meaning because of some affinity between the two, then, if it became well known in the second and its first meaning was abandoned, it is called transferred (manqūl). With respect to who transferred it, the transferred utterance is divided into three kinds. The first is the customary transferred utterance, the transferrer being general usage; the second is the legal transferred utterance, the transferrer being the authorities of the Sacred Law; and the third is the technical transferred utterance, the transferrer being a usage, a specific group. An example of the first is the word “dābba”: it was originally coined for whatever creeps (yadibbu) on the earth, and then common people transferred it to the horse, or to four-legged animals. An example of the second is the word “ṣalāh”: it originally meant supplication, and then the Lawgiver transferred it to the specific set of acts (arkān) [of the prayer]. An example of the third is the word “ism”: in the language it meant elevation (ʿuluww), and then the grammarians transferred it to a word that signifies independently and is not tied to any of the three times. If it did not become well known in the second meaning and the first was not abandoned, but it is used now for the first meaning and now for the second, it is called literal (ḥaqīqa) with respect to the first and figurative (majāz) with respect to the second. An example is “asad” (“lion”) relative to the predatory animal and the brave man: with respect to the first it is literal, and with respect to the second it is figurative.

· p. 12

فَصْلٌ

17

إِنْ كانَ اللَّفْظُ مُتَعَدِّدًا وَالمَعْنَى واحِدًا يُسَمَّى مُرادِفًا، كَالأَسَدِ وَاللَّيْثِ، وَالغَيْمِ وَالغَيْثِ.

If the are many and the meaning one, they are called synonymous (murādif), like “asad” and “layth” [both “lion”], and “ghaym” and “ghayth”.

· p. 13

Lesson 5 · The composite utterance

اللَّفْظُ المُرَكَّبُ

فَصْلٌ

18

المُرَكَّبُ قِسْمانِ: أَحَدُهُما المُرَكَّبُ التّامُّ، وَهُوَ ما يَصِحُّ السُّكُوتُ عَلَيْهِ، كَـ«زَيْدٌ قائِمٌ»؛ وَثانِيهِما المُرَكَّبُ النّاقِصُ، وَهُوَ ما لَيْسَ كَذٰلِكَ.

The is of two kinds. One is the complete composite (murakkab tāmm), after which one may rightly fall silent, like “Zayd is standing”; the other is the incomplete composite (murakkab nāqiṣ), which is not so.

· p. 13

فَصْلٌ

19

المُرَكَّبُ التّامُّ ضَرْبانِ: يُقالُ لِأَحَدِهِما الخَبَرُ وَالقَضِيَّةُ، وَهُوَ ما قُصِدَ بِهِ الحِكايَةُ، وَيَحْتَمِلُ الصِّدْقَ وَالكَذِبَ، فَيُقالُ لِقائِلِهِ: إِنَّهُ صادِقٌ أَوْ كاذِبٌ، نَحْوُ: «السَّماءُ فَوْقَنا» وَ«العالَمُ حادِثٌ». فَإِنْ قِيلَ: قَوْلُنا «لا إِلٰهَ إِلّا اللهُ» قَضِيَّةٌ وَخَبَرٌ مَعَ أَنَّهُ لا يَحْتَمِلُ الكَذِبَ، قُلْتُ: مُجَرَّدُ اللَّفْظِ مُحْتَمِلٌ، وَإِنْ كانَ إِلَى خُصُوصِيَّةِ الحاشِيَتَيْنِ غَيْرَ مُحْتَمِلٍ لِلْكَذِبِ. وَيُقالُ لِثانِي القِسْمَيْنِ الإِنْشاءُ، وَلِلْإِنْشاءِ أَقْسامٌ: أَمْرٌ وَنَهْيٌ وَتَمَنٍّ وَتَرَجٍّ وَاسْتِفْهامٌ وَنِداءٌ.

The complete composite is of two kinds. One of them is called a report (khabar) and a (qaḍiyya): it is what is meant as an account [of how things are], and it admits of truth and falsity, so that it may be said of the one who says it that he speaks truly or falsely, as in “The sky is above us” and “The world has come into being.” If it is said: our statement “There is no god but God” is a proposition and a report, yet it does not admit of falsity; I reply: the taken by itself admits [of falsity], even if, in view of the specific nature of its two sides, it does not admit of falsity. The second of the two kinds is called non-declarative (inshāʾ), and the non-declarative has several kinds: command, prohibition, wish, hope, question and calling [someone].

· p. 14

فَصْلٌ

20

المُرَكَّبُ النّاقِصُ عَلَى أَنْحاءٍ: مِنْها المُرَكَّبُ الإِضافِيُّ، كَـ«غُلامِ زَيْدٍ»؛ وَمِنْها المُرَكَّبُ التَّوْصِيفِيُّ، كَـ«الرَّجُلِ العالِمِ»؛ وَمِنْها المُرَكَّبُ التَّقْيِيدِيُّ، كَـ«فِي الدّارِ». وَهٰهُنا قَدْ تَمَّ بَحْثُ الأَلْفاظِ، وَالآنَ نَشْرَعُ فِي بَحْثِ المَعانِي.

The incomplete composite is of several kinds. Among them are the possessive composite (murakkab iḍāfī), like “Zayd's servant” (ghulām Zayd); the descriptive composite (murakkab tawṣīfī), like “the learned man”; and the restrictive composite (murakkab taqyīdī), like “in the house”. Here the discussion of is complete, and now we begin the discussion of meanings.

· p. 14

Lesson 6 · Particular and universal, and the relations between universals

الجُزْئِيُّ وَالكُلِّيُّ، وَالنِّسَبُ بَيْنَ الكُلِّيّاتِ

فَصْلٌ

21

المَفْهُومُ، أَيْ ما حَصَلَ فِي الذِّهْنِ، قِسْمانِ: أَحَدُهُما جُزْئِيٌّ، وَالثّانِي كُلِّيٌّ. أَمّا الجُزْئِيُّ فَهُوَ ما يَمْنَعُ نَفْسُ تَصَوُّرِهِ عَنْ صِدْقِهِ عَلَى كَثِيرِينَ، كَـ«زَيْدٍ» وَ«عَمْرٍو» وَ«هٰذا الفَرَسِ» وَ«هٰذا الجِدارِ»؛ وَأَمّا الكُلِّيُّ فَهُوَ ما لا يَمْنَعُ نَفْسُ تَصَوُّرِهِ عَنْ وُقُوعِ الشَّرِكَةِ فِيهِ وَعَنْ صِدْقِهِ عَلَى كَثِيرِينَ، كَالإِنْسانِ وَالفَرَسِ. وَقَدْ يُفَسَّرُ الكُلِّيُّ وَالجُزْئِيُّ بِتَفْسِيرَيْنِ آخَرَيْنِ: أَمّا الكُلِّيُّ فَهُوَ ما جَوَّزَ العَقْلُ تَكَثُّرَهُ مِنْ حَيْثُ تَصَوُّرُهُ، وَأَمّا الجُزْئِيُّ فَهُوَ ما لا يَكُونُ كَذٰلِكَ.

A (mafhūm), that is, what is attained in the mind, is of two kinds: one is , the other . A particular (juzʾī) is that whose very conception prevents it from being true of many, like “Zayd”, “ʿAmr”, “this horse” and “this wall”. A universal (kullī) is that whose very conception does not prevent its being shared, or its being true of many, like “human” and “horse”. The universal and the particular are sometimes explained in two other ways: the universal is that which reason allows to be many insofar as it is conceived, and the particular is that which is not so.

· p. 14

فَصْلٌ

22

الكُلِّيُّ أَقْسامٌ: أَحَدُها ما يَمْتَنِعُ وُجُودُ أَفْرادِهِ فِي الخارِجِ، كَاللّاشَيْءِ وَاللّامُمْكِنِ وَاللّامَوْجُودِ؛ وَثانِيها ما يُمْكِنُ أَفْرادُهُ وَلَمْ تُوجَدْ، كَالعَنْقاءِ وَجَبَلٍ مِنَ الياقُوتِ؛ وَثالِثُها ما أَمْكَنَتْ أَفْرادُهُ وَلَمْ يُوجَدْ مِنْ أَفْرادِهِ إِلّا فَرْدٌ واحِدٌ، كَالشَّمْسِ وَالواجِبِ تَعالَى؛ وَرابِعُها ما وُجِدَتْ لَهُ أَفْرادٌ كَثِيرَةٌ، إِمّا مُتَناهِيَةٌ، كَالكَواكِبِ السَّيّارَةِ، فَإِنَّها سَبْعٌ: الشَّمْسُ وَالقَمَرُ وَالمِرِّيخُ وَالزُّهَرَةُ وَزُحَلُ وَعُطارِدُ وَالمُشْتَرِي؛ أَوْ غَيْرُ مُتَناهِيَةٍ، كَأَفْرادِ الإِنْسانِ وَالفَرَسِ وَالغَنَمِ وَالبَقَرِ. وَقَدْ أُورِدَ عَلَى تَعْرِيفِ الكُلِّيِّ وَالجُزْئِيِّ سُؤالٌ تَقْرِيرُهُ: أَنَّ الصُّورَةَ الحاصِلَةَ مِنَ البَيْضَةِ المُعَيَّنَةِ، وَالشَّبَحَ المَرْئِيَّ مِنْ بَعِيدٍ، وَمَحْسُوسَ الطِّفْلِ فِي مَبْدَإِ الوِلادَةِ، كُلُّها جُزْئِيّاتٌ، مَعَ أَنَّهُ يَصْدُقُ عَلَيْها تَعْرِيفُ الكُلِّيِّ؛ لِأَنَّ فِي هٰذِهِ الصُّوَرِ فَرْضَ صِدْقِها عَلَى كَثِيرِينَ غَيْرُ مُمْتَنِعٍ. وَالجَوابُ: أَنَّ المُرادَ بِصِدْقِ المَفْهُومِ فِي تَعْرِيفِ الكُلِّيِّ هُوَ الصِّدْقُ عَلَى وَجْهِ الاِجْتِماعِ، وَهٰذِهِ الصُّوَرُ، أَعْنِي صُورَةَ البَيْضَةِ المُعَيَّنَةِ وَغَيْرَها، إِنَّما يَصْدُقُ عَلَى كَثِيرِينَ بَدَلًا لا مَعًا؛ فَإِنَّ الوَحْدَةَ مَأْخُوذَةٌ فِي هٰذِهِ الصُّوَرِ ضَرُورَةَ أَنَّها مَأْخُوذَةٌ مِنْ مادَّةٍ مُعَيَّنَةٍ جُزْئِيَّةٍ، وَلَوْلا فِيها اعْتِبارُ التَّوَحُّدِ لَكانَتْ كُلِّيَّةً مِنْ غَيْرِ لُزُومِ إِشْكالٍ، هٰذا.

The has several kinds. The first is that whose individuals cannot exist in the outside world, like “non-thing”, “non-possible” and “non-existent”. The second is that whose individuals are possible but do not exist, like the ʿanqāʾ [a legendary bird] and a mountain of ruby. The third is that whose individuals are possible but of whose individuals only one exists, like the sun and the Necessarily Existent, exalted is He. The fourth is that which has many existing individuals, either finite, like the planets, which are seven: the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Venus, Saturn, Mercury and Jupiter; or infinite, like the individuals of human, horse, sheep and cattle. An objection has been raised against the definitions of the universal and the , which runs as follows. The form that comes from a particular egg, the shape seen from afar, and what an infant perceives by the senses at the beginning of its birth are all particulars; and yet the of the universal is true of them, since in these forms it is not impossible to suppose that they are true of many. The answer is that what is meant by a 's being true [of many] in the definition of the universal is its being true of them jointly. These forms, I mean the form of the particular egg and the others, are true of many only alternately, not together. For oneness is taken into account in these forms, because they are necessarily taken from a determinate, particular matter; were oneness not considered in them, they would be universal and no difficulty would follow. Mark this.

· p. 15

فَصْلٌ فِي النِّسْبَةِ بَيْنَ الكُلِّيَّيْنِ

23

اِعْلَمْ أَنَّ النِّسْبَةَ بَيْنَ الكُلِّيَّيْنِ تُتَصَوَّرُ عَلَى أَنْحاءٍ أَرْبَعَةٍ؛ لِأَنَّكَ إِذا أَخَذْتَ كُلِّيَّيْنِ فَإِمّا أَنْ يَصْدُقَ كُلٌّ مِنْهُما عَلَى كُلِّ ما يَصْدُقُ عَلَيْهِ الآخَرُ، فَهُما مُتَساوِيانِ، كَالإِنْسانِ وَالنّاطِقِ؛ لِأَنَّ كُلَّ إِنْسانٍ ناطِقٌ وَكُلَّ ناطِقٍ إِنْسانٌ؛ أَوْ يَصْدُقُ واحِدُهُما عَلَى كُلِّ ما يَصْدُقُ عَلَيْهِ الآخَرُ وَلا يَصْدُقُ الآخَرُ عَلَى جَمِيعِ أَفْرادِ أَحَدِهِما، فَبَيْنَهُما عُمُومٌ وَخُصُوصٌ مُطْلَقًا، كَالحَيَوانِ وَالإِنْسانِ، فَيَصْدُقُ الحَيَوانُ عَلَى كُلِّ ما يَصْدُقُ عَلَيْهِ الإِنْسانُ، وَلا يَصْدُقُ الإِنْسانُ عَلَى كُلِّ ما يَصْدُقُ عَلَيْهِ الحَيَوانُ، بَلْ عَلَى بَعْضِهِ؛ أَوْ لا يَصْدُقُ شَيْءٌ مِنْهُما عَلَى شَيْءٍ مِمّا يَصْدُقُ عَلَيْهِ الآخَرُ، فَهُما مُتَبايِنانِ، كَالإِنْسانِ وَالفَرَسِ؛ أَوْ يَصْدُقُ بَعْضُ كُلِّ واحِدٍ مِنْهُما عَلَى بَعْضِ ما يَصْدُقُ عَلَيْهِ الآخَرُ، فَبَيْنَهُما عُمُومٌ وَخُصُوصٌ مِنْ وَجْهٍ، كَالأَبْيَضِ وَالحَيَوانِ، فَفِي البَطِّ يَصْدُقُ كُلٌّ مِنْهُما، وَفِي الفِيلِ يَصْدُقُ الحَيَوانُ فَقَطْ، وَفِي الثَّلْجِ وَالعاجِ يَصْدُقُ الأَبْيَضُ فَقَطْ. فَهٰذِهِ أَرْبَعُ نِسَبٍ: التَّساوِي، وَالتَّبايُنُ، وَالعُمُومُ وَالخُصُوصُ مُطْلَقًا، وَالعُمُومُ وَالخُصُوصُ مِنْ وَجْهٍ؛ فَاحْفَظْ ذٰلِكَ.

Know that the relation between two can be in four ways. For if you take two universals, then either each of them is true of everything the other is true of, and the two are equivalent (mutasāwiyān), like human and rational, since every human is rational and every rational being is human; or one of them is true of everything the other is true of, while the other is not true of all the individuals of the first, and then between them there is generality and specificity absolutely, like animal and human: animal is true of everything human is true of, but human is not true of everything animal is true of, only of some of it; or neither of them is true of anything the other is true of, and the two are mutually exclusive (mutabāyinān), like human and horse; or some of each of them is true of some of what the other is true of, and then between them there is generality and specificity in some respect, like white and animal: in the duck both are true, in the elephant only animal is true, and in snow and ivory only white is true. So these are : equivalence, mutual exclusion, generality and specificity absolutely, and generality and specificity in some respect. Remember this well.

· p. 15

فَصْلٌ

24

قَدْ يُقالُ الجُزْئِيُّ لِمَعْنًى آخَرَ، وَهُوَ ما كانَ أَخَصَّ تَحْتَ الأَعَمِّ؛ فَالإِنْسانُ عَلَى هٰذا التَّعْرِيفِ جُزْئِيٌّ؛ لِدُخُولِهِ تَحْتَ الحَيَوانِ، وَكَذا الحَيَوانُ؛ لِدُخُولِهِ تَحْتَ الجِسْمِ النّامِي، وَكَذا الجِسْمُ النّامِي؛ لِدُخُولِهِ تَحْتَ الجِسْمِ المُطْلَقِ، وَكَذا الجِسْمُ المُطْلَقُ؛ لِدُخُولِهِ تَحْتَ الجَوْهَرِ. وَالنِّسْبَةُ بَيْنَ الجُزْئِيِّ الحَقِيقِيِّ وَبَيْنَ هٰذا الجُزْئِيِّ المُسَمَّى بِالجُزْئِيِّ الإِضافِيِّ عُمُومٌ وَخُصُوصٌ مُطْلَقًا؛ لِاجْتِماعِهِما فِي زَيْدٍ مَثَلًا، وَصِدْقِ الإِضافِيِّ بِدُونِ الحَقِيقِيِّ فِي الإِنْسانِ، فَإِنَّهُ جُزْئِيٌّ إِضافِيٌّ وَلَيْسَ بِجُزْئِيٍّ حَقِيقِيٍّ؛ لِأَنَّ صِدْقَهُ عَلَى كَثِيرِينَ غَيْرُ مُمْتَنِعٍ.

“” is sometimes used in another sense: what is more specific, falling under something more general. On this human is a particular, because it falls under animal; and so is animal, because it falls under growing body; and so is growing body, because it falls under body as such; and so is body as such, because it falls under substance. The relation between the real particular and this particular, which is called the relative particular, is generality and specificity absolutely: the two meet in Zayd, for example, and the relative is true without the real in human, for human is a relative particular and not a real particular, since its being true of many is not impossible.

· p. 16

Lesson 7 · Genus and species, and how they are ordered

الجِنْسُ وَالنَّوْعُ، وَتَرْتِيبُهُما

فَصْلٌ

25

الكُلِّيّاتُ خَمْسٌ: الأَوَّلُ هُوَ كُلِّيٌّ مَقُولٌ عَلَى كَثِيرِينَ مُخْتَلِفِينَ بِالحَقائِقِ فِي جَوابِ «ما هُوَ»، كَالحَيَوانِ، فَإِنَّهُ مَقُولٌ عَلَى الإِنْسانِ وَالفَرَسِ وَالغَنَمِ إِذا سُئِلَ عَنْها بِـ«ما هُوَ»، وَيُقالُ: «الإِنْسانُ وَالفَرَسُ ما هُما؟» فَالجَوابُ: حَيَوانٌ.

The are five. The first [is the ]: a universal said of many that differ in their , in answer to “what is it?”, like animal. It is said of human, horse and sheep when they are asked about with “what is it?”: one says “Human and horse, what are they?”, and the answer is: animal.

· p. 17

فَصْلٌ

26

الثّانِي النَّوْعُ، وَهُوَ كُلِّيٌّ مَقُولٌ عَلَى كَثِيرِينَ مُتَّفِقِينَ بِالحَقائِقِ فِي جَوابِ «ما هُوَ». وَلِلنَّوْعِ مَعْنًى آخَرُ، وَيُقالُ لَهُ النَّوْعُ الإِضافِيُّ، وَهُوَ ماهِيَّةٌ يُقالُ عَلَيْها وَعَلَى غَيْرِها الجِنْسُ فِي جَوابِ «ما هُوَ». وَبَيْنَ النَّوْعِ الحَقِيقِيِّ وَالنَّوْعِ الإِضافِيِّ عُمُومٌ وَخُصُوصٌ مِنْ وَجْهٍ؛ لِتَصادُقِهِما عَلَى الإِنْسانِ، وَصِدْقِ الحَقِيقِيِّ بِدُونِ الإِضافِيِّ فِي النُّقْطَةِ، وَصِدْقِ الإِضافِيِّ بِدُونِ الحَقِيقِيِّ فِي الحَيَوانِ.

The second is the : a said of many that agree in their , in answer to “what is it?”. The species also has another sense, and in that sense it is called the relative species: a of which, and of something else, the is said in answer to “what is it?”. Between the real species and the relative species there is generality and specificity in some respect: both are true of human; the real is true without the relative in the point; and the relative is true without the real in animal.

· p. 17

فَصْلٌ فِي تَرْتِيبِ الأَجْناسِ

27

الجِنْسُ إِمّا سافِلٌ، وَهُوَ ما لا يَكُونُ تَحْتَهُ جِنْسٌ وَيَكُونُ فَوْقَهُ جِنْسٌ، بَلْ إِنَّما يَكُونُ تَحْتَهُ النَّوْعُ، كَالحَيَوانِ، فَإِنَّ تَحْتَهُ الإِنْسانَ وَهُوَ نَوْعٌ، وَفَوْقَهُ الجِسْمُ النّامِي وَهُوَ جِنْسٌ، فَالحَيَوانُ جِنْسٌ سافِلٌ؛ وَإِمّا مُتَوَسِّطٌ، وَهُوَ ما يَكُونُ تَحْتَهُ جِنْسٌ وَفَوْقَهُ أَيْضًا جِنْسٌ، كَالجِسْمِ النّامِي، فَإِنَّ تَحْتَهُ الحَيَوانَ وَفَوْقَهُ الجِسْمَ المُطْلَقَ؛ وَإِمّا عالٍ، وَهُوَ ما لا يَكُونُ فَوْقَهُ جِنْسٌ، وَيُسَمَّى بِجِنْسِ الأَجْناسِ أَيْضًا، كَالجَوْهَرِ، فَإِنَّهُ لَيْسَ فَوْقَهُ جِنْسٌ وَتَحْتَهُ الجِسْمُ المُطْلَقُ وَالجِسْمُ النّامِي وَالحَيَوانُ.

A is either lowest: one that has no genus beneath it but has a genus above it, with only a beneath it, like animal, for beneath it is human, which is a species, and above it is growing body, which is a genus, so animal is a lowest genus; or intermediate: one that has a genus beneath it and also a genus above it, like growing body, for beneath it is animal and above it is body as such; or highest: one that has no genus above it, and it is also called the genus of genera, like substance, for there is no genus above it, and beneath it are body as such, growing body and animal.

· p. 17

فَصْلٌ

28

الأَجْناسُ العالِيَةُ عَشَرَةٌ، وَلَيْسَ فِي العالَمِ شَيْءٌ خارِجٌ عَنْ هٰذِهِ الأَجْناسِ، وَيُقالُ لِهٰذِهِ الأَجْناسِ العالِيَةِ المَقُولاتُ العَشْرُ أَيْضًا، أَحَدُها الجَوْهَرُ، وَالباقِي المَقُولاتُ التِّسْعُ لِلْعَرَضِ. الجَوْهَرُ هُوَ المَوْجُودُ لا فِي مَوْضُوعٍ، أَيْ مَحَلٍّ، بَلْ قائِمٌ بِنَفْسِهِ، كَالأَجْسامِ؛ وَالعَرَضُ هُوَ المَوْجُودُ فِي مَوْضُوعٍ، أَيْ مَحَلٍّ. وَالمَقُولاتُ العَرَضِيَّةُ هِيَ: الكَمُّ، وَالكَيْفُ، وَالإِضافَةُ، وَالأَيْنُ، وَالمِلْكُ، وَالفِعْلُ، وَالاِنْفِعالُ، وَالمَتَى، وَالوَضْعُ، وَيَجْمَعُها هٰذا البَيْتُ الفارِسِيُّ: «مردی دراز نیکو دیدم بشهر امروز * با خواسته نشسته از کردِ خویش فیروز»

The highest genera are ten, and there is nothing in the world that falls outside these genera. These highest genera are also called the ten categories (al-maqūlāt al-ʿashr). One of them is substance (jawhar), and the remaining nine categories belong to accident (ʿaraḍ). Substance is what exists not in a (mawḍūʿ), that is, a substrate (maḥall), but subsists by itself, like bodies; and accident is what exists in a subject, that is, a substrate. The categories are: quantity (kamm), quality (kayf), relation (iḍāfa), where (ayn), possession (milk), action (fiʿl), passion (infiʿāl), when (matā) and position (waḍʿ). This Persian verse gathers them: “مردی دراز نیکو دیدم بشهر امروز * با خواسته نشسته از کردِ خویش فیروز” [“Today in the city I saw a tall, handsome man, sitting with his riches, triumphant through his own deeds”]

· p. 18

فَصْلٌ فِي تَرْتِيبِ الأَنْواعِ

29

اِعْلَمْ أَنَّ الأَنْواعَ قَدْ تَتَرَتَّبُ مُتَنازِلَةً؛ فَالنَّوْعُ قَدْ يَكُونُ تَحْتَهُ نَوْعٌ وَلا يَكُونُ فَوْقَهُ نَوْعٌ، فَهُوَ النَّوْعُ العالِي؛ وَقَدْ يَكُونُ تَحْتَهُ نَوْعٌ وَفَوْقَهُ نَوْعٌ، وَهُوَ النَّوْعُ المُتَوَسِّطُ؛ وَقَدْ لا يَكُونُ تَحْتَهُ نَوْعٌ وَيَكُونُ فَوْقَهُ نَوْعٌ، وَهُوَ النَّوْعُ السّافِلُ، وَيُقالُ لَهُ نَوْعُ الأَنْواعِ أَيْضًا.

Know that are sometimes arranged in descending order. A species may have a species beneath it and no species above it: this is the highest species. It may have a species beneath it and a species above it: this is the intermediate species. Or it may have no species beneath it and a species above it: this is the lowest species, which is also called the species of species.

· p. 18

Lesson 8 · Differentia, proprium, common accident

الفَصْلُ وَالخاصَّةُ وَالعَرَضُ العامُّ

فَصْلٌ

30

الثّالِثُ الفَصْلُ، وَهُوَ كُلِّيٌّ مَقُولٌ عَلَى الشَّيْءِ فِي جَوابِ «أَيُّ شَيْءٍ هُوَ فِي ذاتِهِ»، كَما إِذا سُئِلَ: «الإِنْسانُ بِأَيِّ شَيْءٍ هُوَ فِي ذاتِهِ؟» فَيُجابُ بِأَنَّهُ ناطِقٌ. وَهُوَ قِسْمانِ: قَرِيبٌ وَبَعِيدٌ؛ فَالقَرِيبُ هُوَ المُمَيِّزُ عَنِ المُشارِكاتِ فِي الجِنْسِ القَرِيبِ، وَالبَعِيدُ هُوَ المُمَيِّزُ عَنِ المُشارِكاتِ فِي الجِنْسِ البَعِيدِ؛ فَالأَوَّلُ كَالنّاطِقِ لِلْإِنْسانِ، وَالثّانِي كَالحَسّاسِ لَهُ. وَلِلْفَصْلِ نِسْبَةٌ إِلَى النَّوْعِ فَيُسَمَّى مُقَوِّمًا؛ لِدُخُولِهِ فِي قِوامِ النَّوْعِ وَحَقِيقَتِهِ، وَنِسْبَةٌ إِلَى الجِنْسِ فَيُسَمَّى مُقَسِّمًا؛ لِأَنَّهُ يُقَسِّمُ الجِنْسَ وَيُحَصِّلُ قِسْمًا لَهُ، كَالنّاطِقِ، فَهُوَ مُقَوِّمٌ لِلْإِنْسانِ؛ لِأَنَّ الإِنْسانَ هُوَ الحَيَوانُ النّاطِقُ، وَمُقَسِّمٌ لِلْحَيَوانِ؛ لِأَنَّ بِالنّاطِقِ حَصَلَ لِلْحَيَوانِ قِسْمانِ: أَحَدُهُما الحَيَوانُ النّاطِقُ، وَالآخَرُ الحَيَوانُ الغَيْرُ النّاطِقِ.

The third is the : a said of a thing in answer to “which thing is it in its ?”, as when it is asked “Human: by which thing is it [distinguished] in its essence?” and the answer is that it is rational. It is of two kinds, and . The proximate is what distinguishes [a thing] from what shares its proximate , and the remote is what distinguishes [it] from what shares its remote genus. The first is like rational for human, and the second like sensing for it. The differentia has a relation to the , in which it is called constitutive (muqawwim), because it enters into the make-up (qiwām) and the of the species; and a relation to the genus, in which it is called divisive (muqassim), because it divides the genus and produces a division of it. Take rational: it is constitutive of human, because human is the rational animal; and it is divisive of animal, because through rational animal comes to have two divisions, one the rational animal and the other the non-rational animal.

· p. 19

فَصْلٌ

31

كُلُّ مُقَوِّمٍ لِلْعالِي مُقَوِّمٌ لِلسّافِلِ، كَالقابِلِ لِلْأَبْعادِ، فَإِنَّهُ مُقَوِّمٌ لِلْجِسْمِ، وَهُوَ مُقَوِّمٌ لِلْجِسْمِ النّامِي وَالحَيَوانِ وَالإِنْسانِ؛ وَكَالنّامِي، فَإِنَّهُ كَما أَنَّهُ مُقَوِّمٌ لِلْجِسْمِ النّامِي مُقَوِّمٌ لِلْحَيَوانِ وَمُقَوِّمٌ لِلْإِنْسانِ أَيْضًا؛ وَكَالحَسّاسِ وَالمُتَحَرِّكِ بِالإِرادَةِ، فَإِنَّهُما كَما أَنَّهُما مُقَوِّمانِ لِلْحَيَوانِ كَذٰلِكَ مُقَوِّمانِ لِلْإِنْسانِ. وَلَيْسَ كُلُّ مُقَوِّمٍ لِلسّافِلِ مُقَوِّمًا لِلْعالِي، فَإِنَّ النّاطِقَ مُقَوِّمٌ لِلْإِنْسانِ وَلَيْسَ مُقَوِّمًا لِلْحَيَوانِ.

Whatever is constitutive of the higher is constitutive of the lower. Take “receptive of dimensions”: it is constitutive of body, and so it is constitutive of growing body, animal and human. Or take growing: just as it is constitutive of growing body, it is also constitutive of animal and of human. Or take sensing and moving by will: just as they are constitutive of animal, so they are constitutive of human. But not everything constitutive of the lower is constitutive of the higher: rational is constitutive of human but not constitutive of animal.

· p. 19

فَصْلٌ

32

كُلُّ فَصْلٍ مُقَسِّمٌ لِلسّافِلِ مُقَسِّمٌ لِلْعالِي، فَالنّاطِقُ كَما يُقَسِّمُ الحَيَوانَ إِلَى النّاطِقِ وَغَيْرِ النّاطِقِ كَذٰلِكَ يُقَسِّمُ الجِسْمَ المُطْلَقَ إِلَيْهِما. وَلَيْسَ كُلُّ مُقَسِّمٍ لِلْعالِي مُقَسِّمًا لِلسّافِلِ، فَإِنَّ الحَسّاسَ مَثَلًا يُقَسِّمُ الجِسْمَ النّامِيَ إِلَى الحَسّاسِ وَإِلَى الجِسْمِ النّامِي الغَيْرِ الحَسّاسِ، وَلَيْسَ يُقَسِّمُ الحَيَوانَ إِلَيْهِما؛ فَإِنَّ كُلَّ حَيَوانٍ حَسّاسٌ، وَلا يُوجَدُ حَيَوانٌ غَيْرُ حَسّاسٍ.

Every that is divisive of the lower is divisive of the higher: just as rational divides animal into rational and non-rational, so it divides body as such into these two. But not everything divisive of the higher is divisive of the lower: sensing, for example, divides growing body into the sensing and the non-sensing growing body, but it does not divide animal into these two, for every animal is sensing, and no non-sensing animal exists.

· p. 19

فَصْلٌ

33

الكُلِّيُّ الرّابِعُ الخاصَّةُ، وَهُوَ كُلِّيٌّ خارِجٌ عَنْ حَقِيقَةِ الأَفْرادِ، مَحْمُولٌ عَلَى أَفْرادٍ واقِعَةٍ تَحْتَ حَقِيقَةٍ واحِدَةٍ فَقَطْ، كَالضّاحِكِ لِلْإِنْسانِ وَالكاتِبِ لَهُ.

The fourth is the (khāṣṣa): a universal lying outside the of the individuals, of individuals that fall under one reality only, like laughing for human, and writing for it.

· p. 20

فَصْلٌ

34

الخامِسُ مِنَ الكُلِّيّاتِ العَرَضُ العامُّ، وَهُوَ الكُلِّيُّ الخارِجُ المَقُولُ عَلَى أَفْرادِ حَقِيقَةٍ واحِدَةٍ وَعَلَى غَيْرِها، كَالماشِي المَحْمُولِ عَلَى أَفْرادِ الإِنْسانِ وَالفَرَسِ.

The fifth of the is the : the universal lying outside [the ], said of the individuals of one reality and of others too, like walking, which is of the individuals of human and of horse.

· p. 20

فائِدَةٌ

35

وَإِذْ قَدْ عَلِمْتَ مِمّا ذَكَرْنا أَنَّ الكُلِّيّاتِ خَمْسٌ: الأَوَّلُ الجِنْسُ، وَالثّانِي النَّوْعُ، وَالثّالِثُ الفَصْلُ، وَالرّابِعُ الخاصَّةُ، وَالخامِسُ العَرَضُ العامُّ، فَاعْلَمْ أَنَّ الثَّلاثَةَ الأُوَلَ يُقالُ لَها الذّاتِيّاتُ، وَيُقالُ لِلْأَخِيرَيْنِ العَرَضِيّاتُ، وَقَدْ يَخْتَصُّ اسْمُ الذّاتِيِّ بِالجِنْسِ وَالفَصْلِ فَقَطْ، وَلا يُطْلَقُ عَلَى النَّوْعِ بِهٰذا الإِطْلاقِ لَفْظُ الذّاتِيِّ.

Now that you have learned from what we have said that the are five, the first the , the second the , the third the , the fourth the and the fifth the , know that the first three are called the essentials (dhātiyyāt) and the last two the accidentals (ʿaraḍiyyāt). The name “” is sometimes restricted to the genus and the differentia only, and in this usage the word “essential” is not applied to the species.

· p. 20

فَصْلٌ

36

العَرَضِيُّ، أَعْنِي الخاصَّةَ وَالعَرَضَ العامَّ، يَنْقَسِمُ إِلَى لازِمٍ وَمُفارِقٍ؛ فَاللّازِمُ ما يَمْتَنِعُ انْفِكاكُهُ عَنِ الشَّيْءِ، إِمّا بِالنَّظَرِ إِلَى الماهِيَّةِ، كَالزَّوْجِيَّةِ لِلْأَرْبَعَةِ وَالفَرْدِيَّةِ لِلثَّلاثَةِ؛ فَإِنَّ انْفِكاكَ الزَّوْجِيَّةِ عَنِ الأَرْبَعَةِ وَالفَرْدِيَّةِ عَنِ الثَّلاثَةِ مُسْتَحِيلٌ؛ وَإِمّا بِالنَّظَرِ إِلَى الوُجُودِ، كَالسَّوادِ لِلْحَبَشِيِّ؛ فَإِنَّ انْفِكاكَ السَّوادِ عَنْ وُجُودِ الحَبَشِيِّ مُسْتَحِيلٌ لا عَنْ ماهِيَّتِهِ؛ لِأَنَّ ماهِيَّتَهُ الإِنْسانُ، وَظاهِرٌ أَنَّ السَّوادَ لَيْسَ بِلازِمٍ لِلْإِنْسانِ. وَأَمّا العَرَضُ المُفارِقُ فَما لَمْ يَمْتَنِعِ انْفِكاكُهُ عَنِ المَلْزُومِ، كَالكِتابَةِ بِالفِعْلِ لِلْإِنْسانِ، وَالمَشْيِ بِالفِعْلِ لَهُ.

The , I mean the and the , divides into (lāzim) and (mufāriq). The inseparable is what cannot be separated from the thing. This is either with regard to the , like evenness for four and oddness for three, for the separation of evenness from four and of oddness from three is impossible; or with regard to existence, like blackness for the Abyssinian, for the separation of blackness from the existence of the Abyssinian is impossible, but not from his quiddity, since his quiddity is human, and it is evident that blackness is not inseparable from human. The separable accident is that whose separation from what it accompanies (malzūm) is not impossible, like actual writing for a human, and actual walking for him.

· p. 20

فَصْلٌ

37

وَالعَرَضُ اللّازِمُ قِسْمانِ: الأَوَّلُ ما يَلْزَمُ تَصَوُّرُهُ مِنْ تَصَوُّرِ المَلْزُومِ، كَالبَصَرِ لِلْعَمَى؛ وَالثّانِي ما يَلْزَمُ مِنْ تَصَوُّرِ المَلْزُومِ وَاللّازِمِ الجَزْمُ بِاللُّزُومِ، كَالزَّوْجِيَّةِ لِلْأَرْبَعَةِ؛ فَإِنَّ مَنْ تَصَوَّرَ الأَرْبَعَةَ وَتَصَوَّرَ مَفْهُومَ الزَّوْجِيَّةِ يَجْزِمُ بَداهَةً أَنَّ الأَرْبَعَةَ زَوْجٌ وَمُنْقَسِمَةٌ بِمُتَساوِيَيْنِ.

The is of two kinds. The first is one whose follows from the conception of what it accompanies (malzūm), like sight for blindness. The second is one where conceiving what it accompanies and conceiving the inseparable [accident] itself entail certainty of the inseparability, like evenness for four: whoever conceives four and conceives the concept of evenness is certain, immediately, that four is even and divisible into two equal parts.

· p. 21

فَصْلٌ

38

العَرَضُ المُفارِقُ، أَعْنِي ما يُمْكِنُ انْفِكاكُهُ عَنِ المَعْرُوضِ، أَيْضًا قِسْمانِ: أَحَدُهُما ما يَدُومُ عُرُوضُهُ لِلْمَلْزُومِ، كَالحَرَكَةِ لِلْفَلَكِ؛ وَالثّانِي ما يَزُولُ عَنْهُ، إِمّا بِسُرْعَةٍ، كَحُمْرَةِ الخَجَلِ وَصُفْرَةِ الوَجَلِ، أَوْ بِبُطْءٍ، كَالشَّيْبِ وَالشَّبابِ.

The , I mean what can be separated from what it attaches to (maʿrūḍ), is also of two kinds. One is that whose attaching to what it accompanies is permanent, like motion for the celestial sphere. The second is that which passes away from it, either quickly, like the redness of embarrassment and the pallor of fear, or slowly, like grey hair and youth.

· p. 21

Lesson 9 · Definitions

التَّعْرِيفاتُ

فَصْلٌ فِي التَّعْرِيفاتِ

39

مُعَرِّفُ الشَّيْءِ ما يُحْمَلُ عَلَيْهِ لِإِفادَةِ تَصَوُّرِهِ، وَهُوَ عَلَى أَرْبَعَةِ أَقْسامٍ: الحَدُّ التّامُّ، وَالحَدُّ النّاقِصُ، وَالرَّسْمُ التّامُّ، وَالرَّسْمُ النّاقِصُ؛ فَالتَّعْرِيفُ إِنْ كانَ بِالجِنْسِ القَرِيبِ وَالفَصْلِ القَرِيبِ يُسَمَّى حَدًّا تامًّا، كَتَعْرِيفِ الإِنْسانِ بِالحَيَوانِ النّاطِقِ؛ وَإِنْ كانَ بِالجِنْسِ البَعِيدِ وَالفَصْلِ القَرِيبِ، أَوْ بِهِ وَحْدَهُ، يُسَمَّى حَدًّا ناقِصًا؛ وَإِنْ كانَ بِالجِنْسِ القَرِيبِ وَالخاصَّةِ يُسَمَّى رَسْمًا تامًّا؛ وَإِنْ كانَ بِالجِنْسِ البَعِيدِ وَالخاصَّةِ أَوْ بِالخاصَّةِ وَحْدَها يُسَمَّى رَسْمًا ناقِصًا. مِثالُ الحَدِّ النّاقِصِ تَعْرِيفُ الإِنْسانِ بِالجِسْمِ النّاطِقِ أَوْ بِالنّاطِقِ فَقَطْ، وَمِثالُ الرَّسْمِ التّامِّ تَعْرِيفُ الإِنْسانِ بِالحَيَوانِ الضّاحِكِ، وَمِثالُ الرَّسْمِ النّاقِصِ تَعْرِيفُهُ بِالجِسْمِ الضّاحِكِ أَوْ بِالضّاحِكِ وَحْدَهُ. وَلا دَخْلَ فِي التَّعْرِيفاتِ لِلْعَرَضِ العامِّ؛ لِأَنَّهُ لا يُفِيدُ التَّمْيِيزَ.

The definer (muʿarrif) of a thing is what is of it to convey a of it. It is of four kinds: the complete (ḥadd tāmm), the incomplete essential definition (ḥadd nāqiṣ), the complete (rasm tāmm) and the incomplete descriptive definition (rasm nāqiṣ). If the is by the and the proximate , it is called a complete essential definition, like defining human as rational animal. If it is by the genus and the proximate differentia, or by the latter alone, it is called an incomplete essential definition. If it is by the proximate genus and the , it is called a complete descriptive definition. If it is by the remote genus and the proprium, or by the proprium alone, it is called an incomplete descriptive definition. An example of the incomplete essential definition is defining human as rational body, or as rational only; of the complete descriptive definition, defining human as laughing animal; and of the incomplete descriptive definition, defining it as laughing body, or as laughing alone. The has no place in definitions, because it does not give distinction.

· p. 21

فَصْلٌ

40

التَّعْرِيفُ قَدْ يَكُونُ حَقِيقِيًّا كَما ذَكَرْنا، وَقَدْ يَكُونُ لَفْظِيًّا، وَهُوَ ما يُقْصَدُ بِهِ تَفْسِيرُ مَدْلُولِ اللَّفْظِ، كَقَوْلِهِمْ: «سَعْدانَةٌ نَبْتٌ» وَ«الغَضَنْفَرُ الأَسَدُ». وَهٰهُنا قَدْ تَمَّتْ مَباحِثُ التَّصَوُّراتِ، أَعْنِي القَوْلَ الشّارِحَ.

A is sometimes real (ḥaqīqī), as we have described, and sometimes verbal (lafẓī): one intended to explain what a word signifies, as when they say “Saʿdāna is a plant” and “Ghaḍanfar is the lion”. With this the discussions of , I mean of the defining statement, are complete.

· p. 22

Part two: the argument (al-bāb al-thānī fī al-ḥujja)

البابُ الثّانِي فِي الحُجَّةِ

Lesson 10 · The proposition: kinds, parts and quantity

القَضِيَّةُ: أَقْسامُها وَأَجْزاؤُها وَكَمُّها

البابُ الثّانِي فِي الحُجَّةِ وَما يَتَعَلَّقُ بِها فَصْلٌ فِي القَضايا

42

القَضِيَّةُ قَوْلٌ يَحْتَمِلُ الصِّدْقَ وَالكَذِبَ، وَقِيلَ: هُوَ قَوْلٌ يُقالُ لِقائِلِهِ إِنَّهُ صادِقٌ فِيهِ أَوْ كاذِبٌ. وَهِيَ قِسْمانِ: حَمْلِيَّةٌ وَشَرْطِيَّةٌ؛ أَمّا الحَمْلِيَّةُ فَهُوَ ما حُكِمَ فِيها بِثُبُوتِ شَيْءٍ لِشَيْءٍ أَوْ نَفْيِهِ عَنْهُ، كَقَوْلِكَ: «زَيْدٌ قائِمٌ» وَ«زَيْدٌ لَيْسَ بِقائِمٍ»؛ وَأَمّا الشَّرْطِيَّةُ فَما لا يَكُونُ فِيهِ ذٰلِكَ الحُكْمُ، وَقِيلَ: الشَّرْطِيَّةُ ما يَنْحَلُّ إِلَى قَضِيَّتَيْنِ، كَقَوْلِنا: «إِنْ كانَتِ الشَّمْسُ طالِعَةً فَالنَّهارُ مَوْجُودٌ» وَ«لَيْسَ البَتَّةَ إِذا كانَتِ الشَّمْسُ طالِعَةً فَاللَّيْلُ مَوْجُودٌ»؛ فَإِذا حُذِفَ الأَدَواتُ بَقِيَ «الشَّمْسُ طالِعَةٌ» والنَّهارُ مَوْجُودٌ. والحَمْلِيَّةُ لا يَنْحَلُّ إلى قَضِيَّتَيْنِ، بل يَنْحَلُّ إمّا إلى مُفْرَدَيْنِ كقَوْلِكَ: «زَيْدٌ هو قائِمٌ»، فإنّكَ إذا حَذَفْتَ الرّابِطَةَ أعني «هو» بَقِيَ «زَيْدٌ» و«قائِمٌ» وهما مُفْرَدانِ؛ وإمّا إلى مُفْرَدٍ وقَضِيَّةٍ كما في قَوْلِكَ: «زَيْدٌ أبُوهُ قائِمٌ»، فإذا حَلَّلْتَهُ بَقِيَ «زَيْدٌ» وهو مُفْرَدٌ، و«أبُوهُ قائِمٌ» وهو قَضِيَّةٌ.

A is a statement that admits truth and falsehood. It has also been said: it is a statement of whose speaker it is said that he is truthful in it or lying. It is of two kinds, and . The categorical is one in which it is judged that one thing holds of another, or is denied of it, as when you say “Zayd is standing” and “Zayd is not standing”. The conditional is one in which there is no such judgement. It has also been said: the conditional is what resolves into two propositions, as when we say “If the sun has risen, it is day” and “It is never the case that, when the sun has risen, it is night”: if the particles are removed, there remain “the sun has risen” and “it is day”. The categorical does not resolve into two propositions. Rather, it resolves either into two [terms] (mufrad), as when you say “Zayd is standing” (Zayd huwa qāʾim): if you remove the copula, I mean “is” (huwa), there remain “Zayd” and “standing”, and these are two simple [terms]; or into a simple [term] and a proposition, as when you say “Zayd, his father is standing”: when you analyse it, there remain “Zayd”, which is simple, and “his father is standing”, which is a proposition.

· p. 22

فصل

43

الحَمْلِيَّةُ ضَرْبانِ: مُوجَبَةٌ وهي الّتي حُكِمَ فيها بثُبُوتِ شَيْءٍ لشَيْءٍ، وسالِبَةٌ وهي حُكِمَ فيها بنَفْيِ شَيْءٍ عن شَيْءٍ، نحوُ: «الإنْسانُ حَيَوانٌ» و«الإنْسانُ لَيْسَ بفَرَسٍ».

The is of two kinds: , in which it is judged that one thing holds of another, and , in which it is judged that one thing is denied of another, as in “Man is an animal” and “Man is not a horse”.

· p. 23

فصل

44

الحَمْلِيَّةُ تَلْتَئِمُ مِن أجْزاءٍ ثَلاثَةٍ: أحَدُها المَحْكُومُ عَلَيْهِ ويُسَمّى مَوْضُوعًا، والثّاني المَحْكُومُ بِهِ ويُسَمّى مَحْمُولًا، والثّالِثُ الدّالُّ على الرّابِطِ ويُسَمّى رابِطَةً. فَفي قَوْلِكَ: «زَيْدٌ هو قائِمٌ» «زَيْدٌ» مَحْكُومٌ عَلَيْهِ ومَوْضُوعٌ، و«قائِمٌ» مَحْكُومٌ بِهِ ومَحْمُولٌ، ولَفْظَةُ «هو» نِسْبَةٌ ورابِطَةٌ. وقد تُحْذَفُ الرّابِطَةُ في اللَّفْظِ دُونَ المُرادِ، فيُقالُ: «زَيْدٌ قائِمٌ».

The is made up of three parts. The first is what is judged about, and it is called the (mawḍūʿ); the second is what is judged of it, and it is called the (maḥmūl); and the third is what signifies the link, and it is called the copula (rābiṭa). So in your saying “Zayd is standing” (Zayd huwa qāʾim), “Zayd” is what is judged about and the subject, “standing” is what is judged of it and the predicate, and the word “is” (huwa, literally “he”) is the relation and the copula. The copula is sometimes dropped in the wording, though not in what is meant, and one says “Zayd standing” (Zayd qāʾim).

· p. 23

فصل

45

لِلشَّرْطِيَّةِ أيْضًا أجْزاءٌ، ويُسَمّى الجُزْءُ الأوَّلُ مِنْها مُقَدَّمًا، والجُزْءُ الثّاني مِنْها تالِيًا؛ فَفي قَوْلِكَ: «إنْ كانَتِ الشَّمْسُ طالِعَةً كانَ النَّهارُ مَوْجُودًا» قَوْلُكَ: «إنْ كانَتِ الشَّمْسُ طالِعَةً» مُقَدَّمٌ، وقَوْلُكَ: «كانَ النَّهارُ مَوْجُودًا» تالٍ، والرّابِطَةُ هي الحُكْمُ بَيْنَهُما.

The also has parts. Its first part is called the (muqaddam) and its second part the (tālī). So in your saying “If the sun has risen, it is day”, your words “If the sun has risen” are the antecedent, your words “it is day” are the consequent, and the copula is the judgement between the two.

· p. 23

فصل

46

وقد تَنْقَسِمُ القَضِيَّةُ باعْتِبارِ المَوْضُوعِ: فالمَوْضُوعُ إنْ كانَ جُزْئِيًّا وشَخْصًا مُعَيَّنًا سُمِّيَتِ القَضِيَّةُ شَخْصِيَّةً ومَخْصُوصَةً كقَوْلِكَ: «زَيْدٌ قائِمٌ». وإنْ لم يَكُنْ جُزْئِيًّا بل كانَ كُلِّيًّا فهو على أنْحاءٍ؛ لأنّها إنْ كانَ الحُكْمُ فيها على نَفْسِ الحَقِيقَةِ تُسَمّى القَضِيَّةُ طَبْعِيَّةً نحوُ: «الإنْسانُ نَوْعٌ» و«الحَيَوانُ جِنْسٌ»، وإنْ كانَ على أفْرادِها فلا يَخْلُو إمّا أنْ يَكُونَ كَمِّيَّةُ الأفْرادِ فيها مُبَيَّنًا أو لم يَكُنْ، فإنْ بُيِّنَ كَمِّيَّةُ الأفْرادِ تُسَمّى القَضِيَّةُ مَحْصُورَةً كقَوْلِكَ: «كُلُّ إنْسانٍ حَيَوانٌ» و«بَعْضُ الحَيَوانِ إنْسانٌ»، وإنْ لم يُبَيَّنْ تُسَمّى القَضِيَّةُ مُهْمَلَةً نحوُ: «الإنْسانُ في خُسْرٍ».

A is also divided with regard to the . If the subject is a , a specific individual, the proposition is called (shakhṣiyya) or specified (makhṣūṣa), as when you say “Zayd is standing”. If it is not a particular but a , there are several cases. If the judgement in it is about the itself, the proposition is called natural (ṭabʿiyya), as in “Man is a ” and “Animal is a ”. If it is about its individuals, then either the quantity of the individuals is stated in it or it is not. If the quantity of the individuals is stated, the proposition is called (maḥṣūra), as when you say “Every human is an animal” and “Some animal is human”. If it is not stated, the proposition is called (muhmala), as in “Man is in loss” [Qurʾān 103:2].

· p. 23

فصل

47

المَحْصُوراتُ أرْبَعٌ: أحَدُها المُوجَبَةُ الكُلِّيَّةُ كقَوْلِكَ: «كُلُّ إنْسانٍ حَيَوانٌ»، والثّانِيَةُ المُوجَبَةُ الجُزْئِيَّةُ نحوُ: «بَعْضُ الحَيَوانِ أسْوَدُ»، والثّالِثَةُ السّالِبَةُ الكُلِّيَّةُ نحوُ: «لا شَيْءَ مِنَ الزِّنْجِيِّ بأبْيَضَ»، والرّابِعَةُ السّالِبَةُ الجُزْئِيَّةُ نحوُ: «بَعْضُ الإنْسانِ لَيْسَ بأسْوَدَ».

The are four. The first is the , as when you say “Every human is an animal”; the second the , as in “Some animal is black”; the third the , as in “No Zanjī [black African] is white”; and the fourth the , as in “Some human is not black”.

· p. 24

فصل

48

الّذي يُبَيَّنُ بِهِ كَمِّيَّةُ الأفْرادِ مِنَ الكُلِّيَّةِ والبَعْضِيَّةِ يُسَمّى سُورًا، وهو مَأْخُوذٌ مِن سُورِ البَلَدِ. وسُورُ المُوجَبَةِ الكُلِّيَّةِ: «كُلٌّ» ولامُ الاسْتِغْراقِ، وسُورُ المُوجَبَةِ الجُزْئِيَّةِ: «بَعْضٌ» و«واحِدٌ» نحوُ: «واحِدٌ مِنَ الجِسْمِ جَمادٌ»، وسُورُ السّالِبَةِ الكُلِّيَّةِ: «لا شَيْءَ» و«لا واحِدَ» نحوُ: «لا شَيْءَ مِنَ الغُرابِ بأبْيَضَ» و«لا واحِدَ مِنَ النّارِ ببارِدٍ»، ووُقُوعُ النَّكِرَةِ تَحْتَ النَّفْيِ نحوُ: «ما مِن ماءٍ إلّا وهو رَطْبٌ»، وسُورُ السّالِبَةِ الجُزْئِيَّةِ: «لَيْسَ بَعْضٌ» كقَوْلِكَ: «لَيْسَ بَعْضُ الحَيَوانِ بحِمارٍ»، و«بَعْضٌ لَيْسَ» كما تَقُولُ: «بَعْضُ الفَواكِهِ لَيْسَ بحُلْوٍ». اعْلَمْ أنّ في كُلِّ لِسانٍ سُورًا يَخُصُّها، فَفي الفارِسِيَّةِ لَفْظُ «هر» سُورُ المُوجَبَةِ الكُلِّيَّةِ، كقَوْلِ الشّاعِرِ، بيت: «هر آنکس که در بند حرص اوفتاد * دهد خرمن زندگانی بباد».

That by which the quantity of the individuals is stated, whether all or some, is called the (sūr). It is taken from the wall (sūr) of a town. The quantifier of the is “every” (kull) and the lām of comprehensiveness (lām al-istighrāq). That of the is “some” (baʿḍ) and “one” (wāḥid), as in “One of the bodies is inanimate”. That of the is “no” (lā shayʾ) and “not one” (lā wāḥid), as in “No crow is white” and “Not one fire is cold”, and also an noun falling under a , as in “There is no water but it is wet”. That of the is “not some” (laysa baʿḍ), as when you say “Not some animal is a donkey” [that is, some animal is not a donkey], and “some … not” (baʿḍ … laysa), as you say “Some fruit is not sweet”. Know that every language has quantifiers of its own. In Persian, the word “هر” (har) [“every”] is the quantifier of the universal affirmative, as the poet says in a verse: “هر آنکس که در بند حرص اوفتاد * دهد خرمن زندگانی بباد” [“Whoever falls into the bonds of greed gives the harvest of his life to the wind”].

· p. 24

Lesson 11 · Predication, further divisions and modal propositions

الحَمْلُ، وَتَقْسِيماتٌ أُخْرَى، وَالمُوَجَّهاتُ

فصل

49

قد جَرَتْ عادَةُ المِيزانِيِّينَ أنّهم يُعَبِّرُونَ عنِ المَوْضُوعِ بـ«ج» وعنِ المَحْمُولِ بـ«ب»، فمَتى أرادُوا التَّعْبِيرَ عنِ المُوجَبَةِ الكُلِّيَّةِ يَقُولُونَ: «كُلُّ ج ب»، ومَقْصُودُهم مِن ذلك الإيجازُ ودَفْعُ تَوَهُّمِ الانْحِصارِ.

The (al-mīzāniyyūn) have made it their custom to express the by J and the by B. So when they want to express the , they say “Every J is B”. Their aim in this is brevity, and to prevent the impression that [the rule] is confined [to one subject matter].

· p. 25

فصل

50

الحَمْلُ في اصْطِلاحِهِمُ اتِّحادُ المُتَغايِرَيْنِ في المَفْهُومِ بحَسَبِ الوُجُودِ؛ فَفي قَوْلِكَ: «زَيْدٌ كاتِبٌ» و«عَمْرٌو شاعِرٌ» مَفْهُومُ «زَيْدٍ» مُغايِرٌ لمَفْهُومِ «كاتِبٍ» لكنّهما مَوْجُودانِ بوُجُودٍ واحِدٍ، وكذا مَفْهُومُ «عَمْرٍو» و«شاعِرٍ» مُتَغايِرانِ وقَدِ اتَّحَدا في الوُجُودِ. ثُمَّ الحَمْلُ على قِسْمَيْنِ؛ لأنّه إنْ كانَ بواسِطَةِ «في» أو «ذُو» أوِ اللّامِ كما في قَوْلِكَ: «زَيْدٌ في الدّارِ» و«المالُ لِزَيْدٍ» و«خالِدٌ ذُو مالٍ» يُسَمّى الحَمْلَ بالاشْتِقاقِ، وإنْ لم يَكُنْ كذلك بل يُحْمَلُ شَيْءٌ على شَيْءٍ بلا واسِطَةِ هذه الوَسائِطِ يُقالُ لَهُ: الحَمْلُ بالمُواطاةِ، نحوُ: «عَمْرٌو طَبِيبٌ» و«بَكْرٌ فَصِيحٌ».

Predication (ḥaml), in their terminology, is the union, in existence, of two things that differ in . So in your saying “Zayd is a writer” and “ʿAmr is a poet”, the concept of “Zayd” differs from the concept of “writer”, but the two exist by one existence; likewise the concepts of “ʿAmr” and “poet” differ, yet they are united in existence. Predication, further, is of two kinds. If it is by means of “in” (fī), “possessor of” (dhū) or the lām [“belonging to”], as when you say “Zayd is in the house”, “The wealth belongs to Zayd” and “Khālid is possessed of wealth”, it is called predication by derivation (bi-l-ishtiqāq). If it is not so, but one thing is of another without these intermediaries, it is called predication by concordance (bi-l-muwāṭāt), as in “ʿAmr is a physician” and “Bakr is eloquent”.

· p. 25

فصل

51

تَقْسِيمٌ آخَرُ لِلْحَمْلِيَّةِ: مَوْضُوعُ الحَمْلِيَّةِ إنْ كانَ مَوْجُودًا في الخارِجِ وكانَ الحُكْمُ فيها باعْتِبارِ تَحَقُّقِ المَوْضُوعِ ووُجُودِهِ في الخارِجِ كانَتِ القَضِيَّةُ خارِجِيَّةً، نحوُ: «الإنْسانُ كاتِبٌ»، وإنْ كانَ مَوْجُودًا في الذِّهْنِ وكانَ الحُكْمُ باعْتِبارِ خُصُوصِ وُجُودِهِ في الذِّهْنِ كانَتْ ذِهْنِيَّةً، نحوُ: «الإنْسانُ كُلِّيٌّ»، وإنْ كانَ الحُكْمُ باعْتِبارِ تَقَرُّرِهِ في الواقِعِ مَعَ عَزْلِ النَّظَرِ عن خُصُوصِيَّةِ ظَرْفِ الخارِجِ أوِ الذِّهْنِ سُمِّيَتِ القَضِيَّةُ حَقِيقِيَّةً، نحوُ: «الأرْبَعَةُ زَوْجٌ» و«السِّتَّةُ ضِعْفُ الثَّلاثَةِ».

Another division of the : if the of the categorical exists in the external world, and the judgement in it is made with regard to the subject's being realised and existing in the external world, the is external (khārijiyya), as in “Man is a writer”. If it exists in the mind, and the judgement is made with regard to its existence in the mind specifically, it is mental (dhihniyya), as in “Man is a ”. If the judgement is made with regard to its being established in fact (fī l-wāqiʿ), setting aside the container, whether the external world or the mind, the proposition is called real (ḥaqīqiyya), as in “Four is even” and “Six is double three”.

· p. 25

فصل

52

القَضِيَّةُ المُوجَبَةُ وكذا السّالِبَةُ تَنْقَسِمانِ إلى مَعْدُولَةٍ وغَيْرِ مَعْدُولَةٍ؛ فالمَعْدُولَةُ ما يَكُونُ فيه حَرْفُ السَّلْبِ جُزْءًا مِنَ المَوْضُوعِ أو مِنَ المَحْمُولِ أو كِلَيْهِما. مِثالُ الأوَّلِ قَوْلُنا: «اللّاحَيُّ جَمادٌ»، مِثالُ الثّاني: «زَيْدٌ لا عالِمٌ»، مِثالُ الثّالِثِ: «اللّاحَيُّ لا عالِمٌ»؛ هذا في الإيجابِ. أمّا في السَّلْبِ فمِثالُ الأوَّلِ: «اللّاحَيُّ لَيْسَ بعالِمٍ»، ومِثالُ الثّاني: «العالِمُ لَيْسَ بلا حَيٍّ»، ومِثالُ الثّالِثِ: «اللّاحَيُّ لَيْسَ بلا جَمادٍ». وغَيْرُ المَعْدُولَةِ بخِلافِها، ويُسَمّى غَيْرُ المَعْدُولَةِ في المُوجَبَةِ بالمُحَصَّلَةِ، وفي السّالِبَةِ بالبَسِيطَةِ.

The , and likewise the , divides into metathetic (maʿdūla) and non-metathetic. The metathetic is one in which the particle of negation is part of the , or of the , or of both. An example of the first is our saying “The non-living is inanimate”; of the second, “Zayd is non-learned”; of the third, “The non-living is non-learned”. That is in the affirmative. In the negative, an example of the first is “The non-living is not learned”; of the second, “The learned is not non-living”; and of the third, “The non-living is not non-inanimate”. The non-metathetic is the opposite of this. The non-metathetic is called positive (muḥaṣṣala) in the affirmative and (basīṭa) in the negative.

· p. 26

فصل

53

وقد يُذْكَرُ الجِهَةُ في القَضِيَّةِ فيُسَمّى مُوَجَّهَةً ورُباعِيَّةً أيْضًا. والمُوَجَّهاتُ خَمْسَةَ عَشَرَ: ثَمانِيَةٌ مِنْها بَسِيطَةٌ، وسَبْعَةٌ مِنْها مُرَكَّبَةٌ. أمّا البَسائِطُ فأحَدُها الضَّرُورِيَّةُ المُطْلَقَةُ، وهي الّتي حُكِمَ فيها بضَرُورَةِ ثُبُوتِ المَحْمُولِ لِلْمَوْضُوعِ أو سَلْبِهِ عنه ما دامَ ذاتُ المَوْضُوعِ مَوْجُودَةً، كقَوْلِكَ: «الإنْسانُ حَيَوانٌ بالضَّرُورَةِ» و«لَيْسَ بحَجَرٍ بالضَّرُورَةِ». والثّانِيَةُ الدّائِمَةُ المُطْلَقَةُ، وهي الّتي حُكِمَ فيها بدَوامِ ثُبُوتِ المَحْمُولِ لِلْمَوْضُوعِ أو سَلْبِهِ عنه، كقَوْلِكَ: «كُلُّ فَلَكٍ مُتَحَرِّكٌ بالدَّوامِ» و«لا شَيْءَ مِنَ الفَلَكِ بساكِنٍ بالدَّوامِ». والثّالِثَةُ المَشْرُوطَةُ العامَّةُ، وهي الّتي حُكِمَ فيها بضَرُورَةِ ثُبُوتِ المَحْمُولِ لِلْمَوْضُوعِ أو نَفْيِهِ عنه ما دامَ ذاتُ المَوْضُوعِ مَوْصُوفًا بالوَصْفِ العُنْوانِيِّ، والوَصْفُ العُنْوانِيُّ عِنْدَهم ما عُبِّرَ بِهِ عنِ المَوْضُوعِ، كقَوْلِنا: «كُلُّ كاتِبٍ مُتَحَرِّكُ الأصابِعِ بالضَّرُورَةِ ما دامَ كاتِبًا» و«لا شَيْءَ مِنَ الكاتِبِ بساكِنِ الأصابِعِ بالضَّرُورَةِ ما دامَ كاتِبًا». والرّابِعَةُ العُرْفِيَّةُ العامَّةُ، وهي الّتي حُكِمَ فيها بدَوامِ ثُبُوتِ المَحْمُولِ لِلْمَوْضُوعِ أو سَلْبِهِ عنه ما دامَ ذاتُ المَوْضُوعِ مُتَّصِفًا بالوَصْفِ العُنْوانِيِّ، كقَوْلِنا: «بالدَّوامِ كُلُّ كاتِبٍ مُتَحَرِّكُ الأصابِعِ ما دامَ كاتِبًا» و«بالدَّوامِ لا شَيْءَ مِنَ النّائِمِ بمُسْتَيْقِظٍ ما دامَ نائِمًا». والخامِسَةُ الوَقْتِيَّةُ المُطْلَقَةُ، وهي الّتي حُكِمَ فيها بضَرُورَةِ ثُبُوتِ المَحْمُولِ لِلْمَوْضُوعِ أو نَفْيِهِ عنه في وَقْتٍ مُعَيَّنٍ مِن أوْقاتِ الذّاتِ، كما تَقُولُ: «كُلُّ قَمَرٍ مُنْخَسِفٌ بالضَّرُورَةِ وَقْتَ حَيْلُولَةِ الأرْضِ بَيْنَهُ وبَيْنَ الشَّمْسِ» و«لا شَيْءَ مِنَ القَمَرِ بمُنْخَسِفٍ بالضَّرُورَةِ وَقْتَ التَّرْبِيعِ». والسّادِسَةُ المُنْتَشِرَةُ المُطْلَقَةُ، وهي الّتي حُكِمَ فيها بضَرُورَةِ ثُبُوتِ المَحْمُولِ لِلْمَوْضُوعِ أو نَفْيِهِ عنه في وَقْتٍ غَيْرِ مُعَيَّنٍ مِن أوْقاتِ الذّاتِ، نحوُ: «كُلُّ حَيَوانٍ مُتَنَفِّسٌ بالضَّرُورَةِ وَقْتًا ما» و «لا شَيْءَ مِنَ الحَجَرِ بمُتَنَفِّسٍ بالضَّرُورَةِ». والسّابِعَةُ المُطْلَقَةُ العامَّةُ، وهي الّتي حُكِمَ فيها بوُجُودِ المَحْمُولِ لِلْمَوْضُوعِ أو سَلْبِهِ عنه، أي في أحَدِ الأزْمِنَةِ الثَّلاثَةِ، كقَوْلِكَ: «كُلُّ إنْسانٍ ضاحِكٌ بالفِعْلِ» و«لا شَيْءَ مِنَ الإنْسانِ بضاحِكٍ». والثّامِنَةُ المُمْكِنَةُ العامَّةُ، وهي الّتي حُكِمَ فيها بسَلْبِ ضَرُورَةِ الجانِبِ المُخالِفِ، كقَوْلِكَ: «كُلُّ نارٍ حارَّةٌ بالإمْكانِ العامِّ» و«لا شَيْءَ مِنَ النّارِ ببارِدٍ بالإمْكانِ العامِّ».

The mode (jiha) is sometimes mentioned in a , and it is then called modal (muwajjaha), and also four-part (rubāʿiyya). The modal propositions are fifteen: eight of them are and seven compound. Of the simple ones, the first is the absolute necessary (ḍarūriyya muṭlaqa): one in which it is judged that the 's holding of the , or its being denied of it, is necessary as long as the of the subject exists, as when you say “Man is an animal by necessity” and “[Man] is not a stone by necessity”. The second is the absolute perpetual (dāʾima muṭlaqa): one in which it is judged that the predicate's holding of the subject, or its being denied of it, is perpetual, as when you say “Every celestial sphere is moving, always” and “No celestial sphere is at rest, always”. The third is the general (mashrūṭa ʿāmma): one in which it is judged that the predicate's holding of the subject, or its being denied of it, is necessary as long as the essence of the subject is described by the descriptive title (waṣf ʿunwānī). The descriptive title, for them, is that by which the subject is expressed. [Examples are] our saying “Every writer is moving his fingers, by necessity, as long as he is writing” and “No writer has his fingers at rest, by necessity, as long as he is writing”. The fourth is the general conventional (ʿurfiyya ʿāmma): one in which it is judged that the predicate's holding of the subject, or its being denied of it, is perpetual as long as the essence of the subject is qualified by the descriptive title, as in our saying “Always, every writer is moving his fingers as long as he is writing” and “Always, no sleeper is awake as long as he is asleep”. The fifth is the absolute temporal (waqtiyya muṭlaqa): one in which it is judged that the predicate's holding of the subject, or its being denied of it, is necessary at a specific one of the times of the essence, as you say “Every moon is eclipsed, by necessity, at the time the earth comes between it and the sun” and “No moon is eclipsed, by necessity, at the time of quadrature”. The sixth is the absolute spread (muntashira muṭlaqa): one in which it is judged that the predicate's holding of the subject, or its being denied of it, is necessary at an unspecified one of the times of the essence, as in “Every animal is breathing, by necessity, at some time” and “No stone is breathing, by necessity”. The seventh is the general absolute (muṭlaqa ʿāmma): one in which it is judged that the predicate belongs to the subject, or is denied of it, that is, at one of the three times [past, present or future], as when you say “Every human is laughing, actually” and “No human is laughing”. The eighth is the general possible (mumkina ʿāmma): one in which it is judged that necessity on the opposite side is negated, as when you say “Every fire is hot by general possibility” and “No fire is cold by general possibility”.

· p. 26

Lesson 12 · Composite modal propositions

المُوَجَّهاتُ المُرَكَّبَةُ

فصل في المركبات

54

المُرَكَّبَةُ قَضِيَّةٌ رُكِّبَتْ حَقِيقَتُها مِن إيجابٍ وسَلْبٍ، والاعْتِبارُ في تَسْمِيَتِها مُوجَبَةً أو سالِبَةً لِلْجُزْءِ الأوَّلِ؛ فإنْ كانَ الجُزْءُ الأوَّلُ مُوجَبًا كقَوْلِكَ: «بالضَّرُورَةِ كُلُّ كاتِبٍ مُتَحَرِّكُ الأصابِعِ ما دامَ كاتِبًا لا دائِمًا» سُمِّيَتْ مُوجَبَةً، وإنْ كانَ الجُزْءُ الأوَّلُ سالِبًا كقَوْلِنا: «بالضَّرُورَةِ لا شَيْءَ مِنَ الكاتِبِ بساكِنِ الأصابِعِ ما دامَ كاتِبًا لا دائِمًا» سُمِّيَتْ سالِبَةً. ومِنَ المُرَكَّباتِ المَشْرُوطَةُ الخاصَّةُ، وهي المَشْرُوطَةُ العامَّةُ مَعَ قَيْدِ اللّادَوامِ بحَسَبِ الذّاتِ، ومَرَّ مِثالُها إيجابًا وسَلْبًا. ومِنْها العُرْفِيَّةُ الخاصَّةُ، وهي العُرْفِيَّةُ العامَّةُ مَعَ قَيْدِ اللّادَوامِ بحَسَبِ الذّاتِ، كما تَقُولُ: «دائِمًا كُلُّ كاتِبٍ مُتَحَرِّكُ الأصابِعِ ما دامَ كاتِبًا لا دائِمًا» و«دائِمًا لا شَيْءَ مِنَ الكاتِبِ بساكِنِ الأصابِعِ ما دامَ كاتِبًا لا دائِمًا». ومِنْها الوُجُودِيَّةُ اللّاضَرُورِيَّةُ، وهي المُطْلَقَةُ العامَّةُ مَعَ قَيْدِ اللّاضَرُورَةِ بحَسَبِ الذّاتِ، كقَوْلِنا: «كُلُّ إنْسانٍ كاتِبٌ بالفِعْلِ لا بالضَّرُورَةِ» في الإيجابِ، و«لا شَيْءَ مِنَ الإنْسانِ بكاتِبٍ بالفِعْلِ ولا بالضَّرُورَةِ» في السَّلْبِ. ومِنْها الوُجُودِيَّةُ اللّادائِمَةُ، وهي المُطْلَقَةُ العامَّةُ مَعَ قَيْدِ اللّادَوامِ بحَسَبِ الذّاتِ، كقَوْلِكَ في الإيجابِ: «كُلُّ إنْسانٍ ضاحِكٌ بالفِعْلِ لا دائِمًا»، وقَوْلِكَ في السَّلْبِ: «لا شَيْءَ مِنَ الإنْسانِ بضاحِكٍ بالفِعْلِ لا دائِمًا». ومِنْها الوَقْتِيَّةُ، وهي الوَقْتِيَّةُ المُطْلَقَةُ إذا قُيِّدَ باللّادَوامِ بحَسَبِ الذّاتِ، كقَوْلِنا: «بالضَّرُورَةِ كُلُّ قَمَرٍ مُنْخَسِفٌ وَقْتَ حَيْلُولَةِ الأرْضِ بَيْنَهُ وبَيْنَ الشَّمْسِ لا دائِمًا» و«بالضَّرُورَةِ لا شَيْءَ مِنَ القَمَرِ بمُنْخَسِفٍ وَقْتَ التَّرْبِيعِ لا دائِمًا». ومِنْها المُنْتَشِرَةُ، وهي المُنْتَشِرَةُ المُطْلَقَةُ المُقَيَّدَةُ باللّادَوامِ بحَسَبِ الذّاتِ، مِثالُها: «بالضَّرُورَةِ كُلُّ إنْسانٍ مُتَنَفِّسٌ في وَقْتٍ ما لا دائِمًا» و«بالضَّرُورَةِ لا شَيْءَ مِنَ الإنْسانِ بمُتَنَفِّسٍ وَقْتًا ما لا دائِمًا». ومِنْها المُمْكِنَةُ الخاصَّةُ، وهي الّتي حُكِمَ فيها بارْتِفاعِ الضَّرُورَةِ المُطْلَقَةِ عن جانِبَيِ الوُجُودِ والعَدَمِ جَمِيعًا، كقَوْلِكَ: «بالإمْكانِ الخاصِّ كُلُّ إنْسانٍ ضاحِكٌ» و«بالإمْكانِ الخاصِّ لا شَيْءَ مِنَ الإنْسانِ بضاحِكٍ».

A composite (murakkaba) [modal] is a whose is composed of an and a . Whether it is named affirmative or negative depends on the first part. If the first part is affirmative, as when you say “By necessity every writer has moving fingers as long as he is a writer, not always”, it is called affirmative; if the first part is negative, as when we say “By necessity no writer has still fingers as long as he is a writer, not always”, it is called negative. Among the composites is the special : the general conditional with the restriction of non-perpetuity with respect to the ; its example, affirmative and negative, has already been given. Among them is the special conventional: the general conventional with the restriction of non-perpetuity with respect to the essence, as you say: “Always every writer has moving fingers as long as he is a writer, not always” and “Always no writer has still fingers as long as he is a writer, not always”. Among them is the non-necessary existential: the general absolute with the restriction of non-necessity with respect to the essence, as when we say “Every human is a writer actually, not by necessity” for the affirmative, and “No human is a writer actually, and not by necessity” for the negative. Among them is the non-perpetual existential: the general absolute with the restriction of non-perpetuity with respect to the essence, as when you say for the affirmative “Every human is laughing actually, not always”, and for the negative “No human is laughing actually, not always”. Among them is the temporal: the absolute temporal when it is restricted by non-perpetuity with respect to the essence, as when we say “By necessity every moon is eclipsed at the time the earth comes between it and the sun, not always” and “By necessity no moon is eclipsed at the time of quadrature, not always”. Among them is the spread: the absolute spread restricted by non-perpetuity with respect to the essence; its example: “By necessity every human breathes at some time, not always” and “By necessity no human breathes at some time, not always”. Among them is the special possible: one in which it is judged that absolute necessity is removed from both sides together, existence and non-existence, as when you say “By special possibility every human is laughing” and “By special possibility no human is laughing”.

· p. 28

فصل

55

اللّادَوامُ إشارَةٌ إلى مُطْلَقَةٍ عامَّةٍ، واللّاضَرُورَةُ إشارَةٌ إلى مُمْكِنَةٍ عامَّةٍ؛ فإذا قُلْتَ: «كُلُّ إنْسانٍ مُتَعَجِّبٌ بالفِعْلِ لا دائِمًا» فكأنّكَ قُلْتَ: «كُلُّ إنْسانٍ مُتَعَجِّبٌ بالفِعْلِ، ولا شَيْءَ مِنَ الإنْسانِ بمُتَعَجِّبٍ بالفِعْلِ»، وإذا قُلْتَ: «كُلُّ حَيَوانٍ ماشٍ بالفِعْلِ لا بالضَّرُورَةِ» فكأنّكَ قُلْتَ: «كُلُّ حَيَوانٍ ماشٍ بالفِعْلِ، ولا شَيْءَ مِنَ الحَيَوانِ بماشٍ بالإمْكانِ».

Non-perpetuity points to a general absolute, and non-necessity points to a general possible. So if you say “Every human is wondering actually, not always”, it is as if you had said “Every human is wondering actually, and no human is wondering actually”; and if you say “Every animal is walking actually, not by necessity”, it is as if you had said “Every animal is walking actually, and no animal is walking by possibility”.

· p. 29

Lesson 13 · Conditional propositions

القَضايا الشَّرْطِيَّةُ

باب الشرطيات

56

قد عَرَفْتَ مَعْنى الشَّرْطِيَّةِ، وهي الّتي تَنْحَلُّ إلى قَضِيَّتَيْنِ، والآنَ نَهْدِيكَ إلى أقْسامِها، ونُرْشِدُكَ إلى أحْكامِها؛ فاعْلَمْ أيُّها الفَطِنُ اللَّبِيبُ والذَّكِيُّ الأرِيبُ أنّ الشَّرْطِيَّةَ قِسْمانِ: أحَدُهما المُتَّصِلَةُ، وثانِيهِما المُنْفَصِلَةُ. أمّا المُتَّصِلَةُ فهي الّتي حُكِمَ فيها بثُبُوتِ نِسْبَةٍ على تَقْدِيرِ ثُبُوتِ نِسْبَةٍ أُخْرى في الإيجابِ، وبنَفْيِ نِسْبَةٍ على تَقْدِيرِ نَفْيِ نِسْبَةٍ أُخْرى في السَّلْبِ، كقَوْلِنا في الإيجابِ: «إنْ كانَ زَيْدٌ إنْسانًا كانَ حَيَوانًا»، وقَوْلِنا في السَّلْبِ: «لَيْسَ البَتَّةَ إذا كانَ زَيْدٌ إنْسانًا كانَ فَرَسًا». ثُمَّ المُتَّصِلَةُ صِنْفانِ: إنْ كانَ ذلك الحُكْمُ لِعَلاقَةٍ بَيْنَ المُقَدَّمِ والتّالِي سُمِّيَتْ لُزُومِيَّةً كما مَرَّ، وإنْ كانَ ذلك الحُكْمُ بدُونِ العَلاقَةِ سُمِّيَتِ اتِّفاقِيَّةً، كقَوْلِكَ: «إذا كانَ الإنْسانُ ناطِقًا فالحِمارُ ناهِقٌ». والعَلاقَةُ في عُرْفِهم عِبارَةٌ عن أحَدِ الأمْرَيْنِ: إمّا أنْ يَكُونَ أحَدُهما عِلَّةً لِلْآخَرِ أو كِلاهُما مَعْلُولَيْنِ لِثالِثٍ، وإمّا أنْ يَكُونَ بَيْنَهُما عَلاقَةُ التَّضايُفِ. والتَّضايُفُ هو أنْ يَكُونَ تَعَقُّلُ أحَدِهِما مَوْقُوفًا على تَعَقُّلِ الآخَرِ كالأُبُوَّةِ والبُنُوَّةِ؛ فإذا قُلْتَ: «إنْ كانَ زَيْدٌ أبًا لِعَمْرٍو كانَ عَمْرٌو ابْنًا لَهُ» يَكُونُ شَرْطِيَّةً مُتَّصِلَةً بَيْنَ طَرَفَيْها عَلاقَةُ التَّضايُفِ. وأمّا المُنْفَصِلَةُ فهي الّتي حُكِمَ فيها بالتَّنافِي بَيْنَ شَيْئَيْنِ في مُوجَبَةٍ، وبسَلْبِ التَّنافِي بَيْنَهُما في سالِبَةٍ.

You have already learnt what a is: one that can be broken down into two . Now we shall guide you to its kinds and direct you to its rules. Know, then, perceptive and discerning reader, sharp-witted and skilled, that the conditional is of two kinds: the first is the , the second the . The connective is one in which it is judged, in the , that a relation holds on the supposition that another relation holds, and, in the , that a relation is negated on the supposition that another relation is negated; as when we say in the affirmative “If Zayd is a human, he is an animal”, and in the negative “Never at all: if Zayd is a human, he is a horse”. The connective is then of two sorts. If that judgement is made because of a connection (ʿalāqa) between the and the , it is called implicative (luzūmiyya), as [in the example] just given; if that judgement is made without a connection, it is called coincidental (ittifāqiyya), as when you say “If man is rational, the donkey brays”. In their usage, connection means one of two things: either one of the two is the cause of the other, or both are effects of a third; or there is between them the connection of correlation (taḍāyuf). Correlation is when understanding one of the two depends on understanding the other, like fatherhood and sonship. So if you say “If Zayd is ʿAmr's father, ʿAmr is his son”, this is a connective conditional between whose two sides there is the connection of correlation. The disjunctive is one in which it is judged, in an affirmative, that two things are incompatible, and, in a negative, that the incompatibility between them is denied.

· p. 29

فصل

57

الشَّرْطِيَّةُ المُنْفَصِلَةُ على ثَلاثَةِ أضْرُبٍ؛ لأنّها إنْ حُكِمَ فيها بالتَّنافِي أو بعَدَمِهِ بَيْنَ النِّسْبَتَيْنِ في الصِّدْقِ والكَذِبِ مَعًا كانَتِ المُنْفَصِلَةُ حَقِيقِيَّةً، كما تَقُولُ: «هذا العَدَدُ إمّا زَوْجٌ أو فَرْدٌ»، فلا يُمْكِنُ اجْتِماعُ الزَّوْجِيَّةِ والفَرْدِيَّةِ في عَدَدٍ مُعَيَّنٍ ولا ارْتِفاعُهُما. وإنْ حُكِمَ بالتَّنافِي أو بعَدَمِهِ صِدْقًا فَقَطْ كانَتْ مانِعَةَ الجَمْعِ، كقَوْلِكَ: «هذا الشَّيْءُ إمّا شَجَرٌ أو حَجَرٌ»، فلا يُمْكِنُ أنْ يَكُونَ شَيْءٌ مُعَيَّنٌ حَجَرًا وشَجَرًا مَعًا، ويُمْكِنُ أنْ لا يَكُونَ شَيْئًا مِنْهُما. وإنْ حُكِمَ بالتَّنافِي وسَلْبِهِ كَذِبًا فَقَطْ كانَتْ مانِعَةَ الخُلُوِّ، كقَوْلِ القائِلِ: «إمّا أنْ يَكُونَ زَيْدٌ في البَحْرِ أو لا يَغْرَقَ»، فارْتِفاعُهُما بأنْ لا يَكُونَ زَيْدٌ في البَحْرِ ويَغْرَقَ مُحالٌ، ولَيْسَ اجْتِماعُهُما مُحالًا بأنْ يَكُونَ في البَحْرِ ولا يَغْرَقَ.

The is of three sorts. If incompatibility, or its absence, is judged between the two relations in truth and in falsity together, the disjunctive is real (ḥaqīqiyya), as you say: “This number is either even or odd”; evenness and oddness cannot be together in a specified number, nor can both be absent. If incompatibility, or its absence, is judged in truth only, it excludes being together (māniʿat al-jamʿ), as when you say “This thing is either a tree or a stone”: a specified thing cannot be a stone and a tree at once, but it can be neither of them. If incompatibility, or its denial, is judged in falsity only, it excludes being absent together (māniʿat al-khuluww), as when someone says “Zayd is either in the sea or not drowning”: for both to be absent, with Zayd not in the sea and drowning, is impossible; but for both to be together, with him in the sea and not drowning, is not impossible.

· p. 30

فصل

58

المُنْفَصِلَةُ بأقْسامِها الثَّلاثَةِ قِسْمانِ: عِنادِيَّةٌ واتِّفاقِيَّةٌ؛ والعِنادِيَّةُ عِبارَةٌ عن أنْ يَكُونَ فيها التَّنافِي بَيْنَ الجُزْأَيْنِ لِذاتِهِما، والاتِّفاقِيَّةُ عِبارَةٌ عن أنْ يَكُونَ فيها التَّنافِي بمُجَرَّدِ الاتِّفاقِ.

The , in all three of its kinds, is of two sorts: oppositional (ʿinādiyya) and coincidental (ittifāqiyya). The oppositional is one in which the incompatibility between the two parts is due to the parts themselves; the coincidental is one in which the incompatibility is by mere coincidence.

· p. 31

فصل

59

اعْلَمْ أنّه كما يَنْقَسِمُ الحَمْلِيَّةُ إلى الشَّخْصِيَّةِ والمَحْصُورَةِ والمُهْمَلَةِ، كذلك الشَّرْطِيَّةُ تَنْقَسِمُ هذه الأقْسامَ، إلّا أنّ القَضِيَّةَ الطَّبْعِيَّةَ لا تُتَصَوَّرُ هٰهُنا. ثُمَّ التَّقادِيرُ في الشَّرْطِيَّةِ بمَنْزِلَةِ الأفْرادِ في الحَمْلِيَّةِ؛ فإنْ كانَ الحُكْمُ على تَقْدِيرٍ مُعَيَّنٍ ووَضْعٍ خاصٍّ سُمِّيَتِ الشَّرْطِيَّةُ شَخْصِيَّةً، كقَوْلِنا: «إنْ جِئْتَنِي اليَوْمَ أكْرَمْتُكَ»، وإنْ كانَ الحُكْمُ على جَمِيعِ تَقادِيرِ المُقَدَّمِ سُمِّيَتْ كُلِّيَّةً، نحوُ: «كُلَّما كانَتِ الشَّمْسُ طالِعَةً كانَ النَّهارُ مَوْجُودًا»، وإنْ كانَ الحُكْمُ على بَعْضِ التَّقادِيرِ كانَتْ جُزْئِيَّةً، كما في قَوْلِنا: «قد يَكُونُ إذا كانَ الشَّيْءُ حَيَوانًا كانَ إنْسانًا»، وإنْ تُرِكَ ذِكْرُ التَّقادِيرِ كُلًّا وبَعْضًا كانَتْ مُهْمَلَةً، نحوُ: «إنْ كانَ زَيْدٌ إنْسانًا كانَ حَيَوانًا».

Know that, just as the is divided into , and , the is divided into these same kinds; only a natural cannot be here. In the conditional, the situations (taqādīr) stand in place of the individuals in the categorical. If the judgement is made on one specified situation and a state, the conditional is called singular, as when we say “If you come to me today, I will honour you”. If the judgement is made on all the situations of the , it is called , as in “Whenever the sun has risen, it is day”. If the judgement is made on some of the situations, it is particular, as in our saying “Sometimes, if a thing is an animal, it is a human”. If mention of the situations, whether all or some, is left out, it is indefinite, as in “If Zayd is a human, he is an animal”.

· p. 31

فصل في ذكر أسوار الشرطيات

60

سُورُ المُوجَبَةِ الكُلِّيَّةِ في المُتَّصِلَةِ لَفْظَةُ «مَتى» و«مَهْما» و«كُلَّما»، وفي المُنْفَصِلَةِ «دائِمًا». وسُورُ السّالِبَةِ الكُلِّيَّةِ في المُتَّصِلَةِ والمُنْفَصِلَةِ «لَيْسَ البَتَّةَ». وسُورُ المُوجَبَةِ الجُزْئِيَّةِ فيهما «قد يَكُونُ». وسُورُ السّالِبَةِ الجُزْئِيَّةِ فيهما «قد لا يَكُونُ»، وبإدْخالِ حَرْفِ السَّلْبِ على سُورِ الإيجابِ الكُلِّيِّ. ولَفْظَةُ «لَوْ» و«إنْ» و«إذا» في الاتِّصالِ، و«إمّا» و«أوْ» في الانْفِصالِ، تَجِيءُ في الإهْمالِ.

The of the in the is the word matā (“when”), mahmā (“whatever time”) or kullamā (“whenever”), and in the dāʾiman (“always”). The quantifier of the in the connective and the disjunctive is laysa al-battata (“never at all”). The quantifier of the in both is qad yakūnu (“sometimes”). The quantifier of the in both is qad lā yakūnu (“sometimes not”), and also putting the particle of before the quantifier of the universal affirmative. The words law (“if it were”), in (“if”) and idhā (“when”) in connection, and immā (“either”) and aw (“or”) in disjunction, are used in [conditionals].

· p. 31

فصل

61

طَرَفا الشَّرْطِيَّةِ ـ أعْنِي المُقَدَّمَ والتّالِيَ ـ لا حُكْمَ فيهما حِينَ كَوْنِهِما طَرَفَيْنِ، وبَعْدَ التَّحْلِيلِ يُمْكِنُ أنْ يُعْتَبَرَ فيهما حُكْمٌ؛ فطَرَفاها إمّا شَبِيهَتانِ بحَمْلِيَّتَيْنِ، أو مُتَّصِلَتَيْنِ، أو مُنْفَصِلَتَيْنِ، أو مُخْتَلِفَتَيْنِ. عَلَيْكَ باسْتِخْراجِ الأمْثِلَةِ.

The two sides of a , I mean the and the , contain no judgement while they are its sides; after analysis, a judgement can be considered in them. So its two sides either resemble two , or two , or two , or they are mixed. It is up to you to work out the examples.

· p. 32

Lesson 14 · Contradiction

التَّناقُضُ

فصل

62

وإذْ قد فَرَغْنا عن بَيانِ القَضايا وذِكْرِ أقْسامِها الأوَّلِيَّةِ والثّانَوِيَّةِ، فحانَ لَنا أنْ نَذْكُرَ شَيْئًا مِن أحْكامِها؛ فنَقُولُ: مِن أحْكامِها التَّناقُضُ والعُكُوسُ، فلْنَعْقِدْ لِبَيانِها فُصُولًا، ونَذْكُرْ فيها أُصُولًا.

Now that we have finished explaining and mentioning their primary and secondary divisions, it is time for us to mention some of their rules. So we say: among their rules are and the conversions. Let us, then, devote sections to explaining them and set out some basic principles in them.

· p. 32

فصل

63

التَّناقُضُ هو اخْتِلافُ القَضِيَّتَيْنِ بالإيجابِ والسَّلْبِ بحَيْثُ يَقْتَضِي لِذاتِهِ صِدْقَ إحْداهُما كَذِبَ الأُخْرى أو بالعَكْسِ، كقَوْلِنا: «زَيْدٌ قائِمٌ» و«زَيْدٌ لَيْسَ بقائِمٍ». وشَرْطُ تَحَقُّقِ التَّناقُضِ بَيْنَ القَضِيَّتَيْنِ المَخْصُوصَتَيْنِ وَحَداتٌ ثَمانِيَةٌ، فلا يَتَحَقَّقُ بِدُونِها: وَحْدَةُ المَوْضُوعِ ووَحْدَةُ المَحْمُولِ، ووَحْدَةُ المَكانِ، ووَحْدَةُ الزَّمانِ، ووَحْدَةُ القُوَّةِ والفِعْلِ، ووَحْدَةُ الشَّرْطِ، ووَحْدَةُ الجُزْءِ والكُلِّ، ووَحْدَةُ الإضافَةِ. وقَدِ اجْتَمَعَتْ في هٰذَيْنِ البَيْتَيْنِ، بيت: «در تناقض هشت وحدة شرط دان * وحدة موضوع ومحمول ومكان وحدة شرط واضافت جزو وكل * قوة وفعل است در آخر زمان» فإذا اخْتَلَفَتا فيها لم تَتَناقَضا، نحوُ: «زَيْدٌ قائِمٌ» و«عَمْرٌو لَيْسَ بقائِمٍ»، و«زَيْدٌ قاعِدٌ» و«زَيْدٌ لَيْسَ بقائِمٍ»، و«زَيْدٌ مَوْجُودٌ» أي في الدّارِ و«زَيْدٌ لَيْسَ بمَوْجُودٍ» أي في السُّوقِ، و«زَيْدٌ نائِمٌ» أي في اللَّيْلِ و«زَيْدٌ لَيْسَ بنائِمٍ» أي في النَّهارِ، و«زَيْدٌ مُتَحَرِّكُ الأصابِعِ» أي بشَرْطِ كَوْنِهِ كاتِبًا و«زَيْدٌ لَيْسَ بمُتَحَرِّكِ الأصابِعِ» أي بشَرْطِ كَوْنِهِ غَيْرَ كاتِبٍ، و«الخَمْرُ في الدَّنِّ مُسْكِرٌ» أي بالقُوَّةِ و«الخَمْرُ لَيْسَ بمُسْكِرٍ في الدَّنِّ» أي بالفِعْلِ، و«الزِّنْجِيُّ أسْوَدُ» أي كُلُّهُ و«الزِّنْجِيُّ لَيْسَ بأسْوَدَ» أي جُزْؤُهُ أعْنِي أسْنانَهُ، و«زَيْدٌ أبٌ» أي لِبَكْرٍ و«زَيْدٌ لَيْسَ بأبٍ» أي لِخالِدٍ. وبَعْضُهُمُ اكْتَفَوْا بوَحْدَتَيْنِ، أي وَحْدَةِ المَوْضُوعِ والمَحْمُولِ، لانْدِراجِ البَواقِي فيهما، وبَعْضُهُمْ قَنِعُوا بوَحْدَةِ النِّسْبَةِ فَقَطْ؛ لأنّ وَحْدَتَها مُسْتَلْزِمَةٌ بجَمِيعِ الوَحَداتِ.

is the difference of two in and such that it requires, by itself, that the truth of one [goes with] the falsity of the other, or the reverse; as when we say “Zayd is standing” and “Zayd is not standing”. The condition for contradiction to hold between two propositions is eight unities; without them it does not hold: unity of , unity of , unity of place, unity of time, unity of potentiality and actuality, unity of condition, unity of part and whole, and unity of relation (iḍāfa). They have been gathered in these two lines of verse: “در تناقض هشت وحدة شرط دان * وحدة موضوع ومحمول ومكان وحدة شرط واضافت جزو وكل * قوة وفعل است در آخر زمان” [Know that eight unities are a condition for contradiction: unity of subject, predicate and place; unity of condition and relation, part and whole; potentiality and actuality, and at the end, time.] So if the two differ in any of these, they do not contradict each other, as in “Zayd is standing” and “ʿAmr is not standing”; “Zayd is sitting” and “Zayd is not standing”; “Zayd is present”, that is, in the house, and “Zayd is not present”, that is, in the market; “Zayd is asleep”, that is, at night, and “Zayd is not asleep”, that is, by day; “Zayd's fingers are moving”, that is, on condition that he is writing, and “Zayd's fingers are not moving”, that is, on condition that he is not writing; “Wine in the jar intoxicates”, that is, potentially, and “Wine in the jar does not intoxicate”, that is, actually; “The Zanjī is black”, that is, all of him, and “The Zanjī is not black”, that is, part of him, I mean his teeth; “Zayd is a father”, that is, of Bakr, and “Zayd is not a father”, that is, of Khālid. Some contented themselves with two unities, the unity of subject and of predicate, since the rest are included in them; and some were satisfied with the unity of the relation (nisba) alone, since its unity entails all the unities.

· p. 32

فصل

64

لا بُدَّ في التَّناقُضِ في المَحْصُورَتَيْنِ مِن كَوْنِ القَضِيَّتَيْنِ مُخْتَلِفَتَيْنِ في الكَمِّ، أعْنِي الكُلِّيَّةَ والجُزْئِيَّةَ؛ فإذا كانَ أحَدُهما كُلِّيَّةً تَكُونُ الأُخْرى جُزْئِيَّةً؛ لأنّ الكُلِّيَّتَيْنِ قد تَكْذِبانِ، كما تَقُولُ: «كُلُّ حَيَوانٍ إنْسانٌ» و«لا شَيْءَ مِنَ الحَيَوانِ بإنْسانٍ»، والجُزْئِيَّتَيْنِ قد تَصْدُقانِ، كقَوْلِكَ: «بَعْضُ الحَيَوانِ إنْسانٌ» و«بَعْضُ الحَيَوانِ لَيْسَ بإنْسانٍ»، ويَكُونُ ذلك في كُلِّ مادَّةٍ يَكُونُ المَوْضُوعُ أعَمَّ فيها. ولا بُدَّ في تَناقُضِ القَضايا المُوَجَّهَةِ مِنَ الاخْتِلافِ في الجِهَةِ؛ فنَقِيضُ الضَّرُورِيَّةِ المُطْلَقَةِ المُمْكِنَةُ العامَّةُ، ونَقِيضُ الدّائِمَةِ المُطْلَقَةِ المُطْلَقَةُ العامَّةُ، ونَقِيضُ المَشْرُوطَةِ العامَّةِ الحِينِيَّةُ المُمْكِنَةُ، ونَقِيضُ العُرْفِيَّةِ العامَّةِ الحِينِيَّةُ المُطْلَقَةُ؛ وهذا في البَسائِطِ المُوَجَّهَةِ. ونَقائِضُ المُرَكَّباتِ مِنْها مَفْهُومٌ مُرَدَّدٌ بَيْنَ نَقِيضَيْ بَسائِطِها، والتَّفْصِيلُ يُطْلَبُ مِن مُطَوَّلاتِ الفَنِّ.

For between two , the two must differ in quantity, I mean universality and particularity: if one is , the other is . For two universals can both be false, as you say “Every animal is human” and “No animal is human”; and two particulars can both be true, as when you say “Some animal is human” and “Some animal is not human”. This happens in every case (mādda) in which the is more general. For contradiction between modal , they must differ in mode (jiha). So the contradictory of the absolute necessary is the general possible; the contradictory of the absolute perpetual is the general absolute; the contradictory of the general is the possible while-proposition (ḥīniyya mumkina); and the contradictory of the general conventional is the absolute while-proposition (ḥīniyya muṭlaqa). This is for the modals. The contradictories of the composite ones are a that alternates between the contradictories of their simple [components]. The details are to be sought in the longer works of the discipline.

· p. 33

فصل

65

ويُشْتَرَطُ في أخْذِ نَقائِضِ الشَّرْطِيّاتِ الاتِّفاقُ في الجِنْسِ والنَّوْعِ، والمُخالَفَةُ في الكَيْفِ؛ فنَقِيضُ المُتَّصِلَةِ اللُّزُومِيَّةِ المُوجَبَةِ سالِبَةٌ مُتَّصِلَةٌ لُزُومِيَّةٌ، ونَقِيضُ المُنْفَصِلَةِ العِنادِيَّةِ المُوجَبَةِ سالِبَةٌ مُنْفَصِلَةٌ عِنادِيَّةٌ، وهٰكَذا؛ فإذا قُلْتَ: «دائِمًا كُلَّما كانَ ا ب فـج د» كانَ نَقِيضُهُ «لَيْسَ كُلَّما كانَ ا ب فـج د»، وإذا قُلْتَ: «دائِمًا إمّا أنْ يَكُونَ هذا العَدَدُ زَوْجًا أو فَرْدًا» فنَقِيضُهُ «لَيْسَ دائِمًا إمّا أنْ يَكُونَ هذا العَدَدُ زَوْجًا أو فَرْدًا».

In taking the contradictories of conditionals, the condition is that they agree in [ or ] and in [implicative, oppositional and so on] and differ in quality. So the of an implicative connective is a implicative connective, the contradictory of an affirmative oppositional disjunctive is a negative oppositional disjunctive, and so on. If you say “Always: whenever A is B, J is D”, its contradictory is “Not whenever A is B is J D”; and if you say “Always, this number is either even or odd”, its contradictory is “Not always is this number either even or odd”.

· p. 34

Lesson 15 · Conversion and contraposition

العَكْسُ المُسْتَوِي وَعَكْسُ النَّقِيضِ

فصل

66

العَكْسُ المُسْتَوِي، ويُقالُ لَهُ العَكْسُ المُسْتَقِيمُ أيْضًا، وهو عِبارَةٌ عن جَعْلِ الجُزْءِ الأوَّلِ مِنَ القَضِيَّةِ ثانِيًا والجُزْءِ الثّانِي أوَّلًا مَعَ بَقاءِ الصِّدْقِ والكَيْفِ. فالسّالِبَةُ الكُلِّيَّةُ تَنْعَكِسُ كنَفْسِها، كقَوْلِكَ: «لا شَيْءَ مِنَ الإنْسانِ بحَجَرٍ» يَنْعَكِسُ إلى قَوْلِكَ: «لا شَيْءَ مِنَ الحَجَرِ بإنْسانٍ»، بدَلِيلِ الخُلْفِ؛ تَقْرِيرُهُ أنّه لو لم يَصْدُقْ «لا شَيْءَ مِنَ الحَجَرِ بإنْسانٍ» عِنْدَ صِدْقِ قَوْلِنا: «لا شَيْءَ مِنَ الإنْسانِ بحَجَرٍ» لَصَدَقَ نَقِيضُهُ، أعْنِي قَوْلَنا: «بَعْضُ الحَجَرِ إنْسانٌ»، فنَضُمُّهُ مَعَ الأصْلِ ونَقُولُ: «بَعْضُ الحَجَرِ إنْسانٌ، ولا شَيْءَ مِنَ الإنْسانِ بحَجَرٍ»، يُنْتِجُ: «بَعْضُ الحَجَرِ لَيْسَ بحَجَرٍ»، فيَلْزَمُ سَلْبُ الشَّيْءِ عن نَفْسِهِ، وذلك مُحالٌ. والسّالِبَةُ الجُزْئِيَّةُ لا تَنْعَكِسُ لُزُومًا؛ لجَوازِ عُمُومِ المَوْضُوعِ في الحَمْلِيَّةِ والمُقَدَّمِ في الشَّرْطِيَّةِ، مَثَلًا يَصْدُقُ «بَعْضُ الحَيَوانِ لَيْسَ بإنْسانٍ» ولَيْسَ يَصْدُقُ «بَعْضُ الإنْسانِ لَيْسَ بحَيَوانٍ». والمُوجَبَةُ الكُلِّيَّةُ تَنْعَكِسُ إلى مُوجَبَةٍ جُزْئِيَّةٍ، فقَوْلُنا: «كُلُّ إنْسانٍ حَيَوانٌ» يَنْعَكِسُ إلى قَوْلِنا: «بَعْضُ الحَيَوانِ إنْسانٌ»، ولا يَنْعَكِسُ إلى مُوجَبَةٍ كُلِّيَّةٍ؛ لأنّه يَجُوزُ أنْ يَكُونَ المَحْمُولُ والتّالِي عامًّا كما في مِثالِنا، فلا يَصْدُقُ «كُلُّ حَيَوانٍ إنْسانٌ». وهٰهُنا شَكٌّ، تَقْرِيرُهُ أنّ قَوْلَنا: «كُلُّ شَيْخٍ كانَ شابًّا» مُوجَبَةٌ كُلِّيَّةٌ صادِقَةٌ، مَعَ أنّ عَكْسَهُ «بَعْضُ الشّابِّ كانَ شَيْخًا» لَيْسَ بصادِقٍ. وأُجِيبَ عنه بأنّ عَكْسَهُ لَيْسَ ما ذَكَرْتَ، بل عَكْسُهُ «بَعْضُ مَن كانَ شابًّا شَيْخٌ». وقد يُجابُ بوَجْهٍ آخَرَ، وهو أنّ حِفْظَ النِّسْبَةِ لَيْسَ بضَرُورِيٍّ في العَكْسِ، فعَكْسُهُ «بَعْضُ الشّابِّ يَكُونُ شَيْخًا»، و هو صادِقٌ لا مَحالَةَ. والمُوجَبَةُ الجُزْئِيَّةُ تَنْعَكِسُ إلى مُوجَبَةٍ جُزْئِيَّةٍ، كقَوْلِنا: «بَعْضُ الحَيَوانِ إنْسانٌ» يَنْعَكِسُ إلى قَوْلِنا: «بَعْضُ الإنْسانِ حَيَوانٌ». وقد يُورَدُ على انْعِكاسِ المُوجَبَةِ الجُزْئِيَّةِ كنَفْسِها إيرادٌ، وهو أنّ «بَعْضَ الوَتِدِ في الحائِطِ» صادِقٌ، وعَكْسَهُ أعْنِي «بَعْضَ الحائِطِ في الوَتِدِ» غَيْرُ صادِقٍ. والجَوابُ أنّا لا نُسَلِّمُ أنّ عَكْسَ هذه القَضِيَّةِ ما قُلْتَ مِن «بَعْضِ الحائِطِ في الوَتِدِ»، بل عَكْسُهُ «بَعْضُ ما في الحائِطِ وَتِدٌ»، ولا مِرْيَةَ في صِدْقِهِ. وباقِي مَباحِثِ العُكُوسِ مِن عَكْسِ المُوَجَّهاتِ والشَّرْطِيّاتِ فمَذْكُورٌ في المُطَوَّلاتِ.

(al-ʿaks al-mustawī), also called straight conversion (al-ʿaks al-mustaqīm), is making the first part of a the second and the second part the first, while truth and quality remain. The converts as itself: as when you say “No human is a stone”, which converts to your saying “No stone is human”. [This is shown] by the of reductio (dalīl al-khulf). It runs as follows: if “No stone is human” were not true when our statement “No human is a stone” is true, its , our statement “Some stone is human”, would be true. We join this to the original and say: “Some stone is human, and no human is a stone”, which produces “Some stone is not a stone”. Then the of a thing from itself follows, and that is impossible. The does not necessarily convert, since the in a , and the in a , may be more general. For example, “Some animal is not human” is true, but “Some human is not an animal” is not true. The converts to a : our statement “Every human is an animal” converts to our statement “Some animal is human”. It does not convert to a universal affirmative, because the , or the , may be more general, as in our example; so “Every animal is human” is not true. Here there is a doubt, which runs as follows: our statement “Every old man was a young man” is a true universal affirmative, and yet its converse, “Some young man was an old man”, is not true. The answer given is that its converse is not what you have said; rather, its converse is “Some of those who were young men are old men”. Another answer is sometimes given: keeping the relation [exactly as it was] is not required in conversion, so its converse is “Some young man will be an old man”, and that is true without doubt. The particular affirmative converts to a particular affirmative, as when we say “Some animal is human”, which converts to our statement “Some human is an animal”. An objection is sometimes raised against the particular affirmative converting as itself: “Some peg is in the wall” is true, but its converse, I mean “Some wall is in the peg”, is not true. The answer is: we do not grant that the converse of this proposition is what you have said, “Some wall is in the peg”; rather, its converse is “Some of what is in the wall is a peg”, and there is no doubt that this is true. The rest of the discussions of conversion, the conversion of modal propositions and of conditionals, are given in the longer works.

· p. 34

فصل

67

عَكْسُ النَّقِيضِ هو جَعْلُ نَقِيضِ الجُزْءِ الأوَّلِ مِنَ القَضِيَّةِ ثانِيًا، ونَقِيضِ الجُزْءِ الثّانِي أوَّلًا، مَعَ بَقاءِ الصِّدْقِ والكَيْفِ؛ هذا أُسْلُوبُ المُتَقَدِّمِينَ. فتَنْعَكِسُ المُوجَبَةُ الكُلِّيَّةُ بهذا العَكْسِ كنَفْسِها، كقَوْلِنا: «كُلُّ إنْسانٍ حَيَوانٌ» يَنْعَكِسُ إلى قَوْلِنا: «كُلُّ لا حَيَوانٍ لا إنْسانٌ». والمُوجَبَةُ الجُزْئِيَّةُ لا تَنْعَكِسُ بهذا العَكْسِ؛ لأنّ قَوْلَنا: «بَعْضُ الحَيَوانِ لا إنْسانٌ» صادِقٌ، وعَكْسَهُ أعْنِي «بَعْضُ الإنْسانِ لا حَيَوانٌ» كاذِبٌ. والسّالِبَةُ الكُلِّيَّةُ تَنْعَكِسُ إلى سالِبَةٍ جُزْئِيَّةٍ؛ تَقُولُ: «لا شَيْءَ مِنَ الإنْسانِ بفَرَسٍ»، وتَقُولُ في عَكْسِهِ بهذا العَكْسِ: «بَعْضُ اللّافَرَسِ لَيْسَ بلا إنْسانٍ» إلى جُزْئِيَّةٍ، ولا تَقُولُ: «لا شَيْءَ مِنَ اللّافَرَسِ بلا إنْسانٍ» لصِدْقِ نَقِيضِهِ، أعْنِي «بَعْضُ اللّافَرَسِ لا إنْسانٌ» كالجِدارِ. والسّالِبَةُ الجُزْئِيَّةُ تَنْعَكِسُ إلى سالِبَةٍ جُزْئِيَّةٍ، كقَوْلِكَ: «بَعْضُ الحَيَوانِ لَيْسَ بإنْسانٍ» تَنْعَكِسُ إلى قَوْلِكَ: «بَعْضُ اللّاإنْسانِ لَيْسَ بلا حَيَوانٍ» كالفَرَسِ. وعُكُوسُ المُوَجَّهاتِ مَذْكُورَةٌ في الكُتُبِ الطِّوالِ. وهٰهُنا قد تَمَّ مَباحِثُ القَضايا وأحْكامِها.

(ʿaks al-naqīḍ) is making the of the first part of a the second, and the contradictory of the second part the first, while truth and quality remain; this is the method of the earlier . By this the converts as itself: as when we say “Every human is an animal”, which converts to our statement “Every non-animal is non-human”. The does not convert by this conversion, because our statement “Some animal is non-human” is true, while its converse, I mean “Some human is non-animal”, is false. The converts to a : you say “No human is a horse”, and in its converse by this conversion you say “Some non-horse is not non-human”, [converting it] to a ; you do not say “No non-horse is non-human”, because its contradictory, I mean “Some non-horse is non-human”, like the wall, is true. The particular negative converts to a particular negative: as when you say “Some animal is not human”, which converts to your saying “Some non-human is not non-animal”, like the horse. The conversions of modal propositions are given in the long books. With this the discussions of propositions and their rules are complete.

· p. 36

Lesson 16 · The syllogism and the first figure

القِياسُ وَالشَّكْلُ الأَوَّلُ

فصل

68

وإذْ قد فَرَغْنا عن مَباحِثِ القَضايا والعُكُوسِ الّتي كانَتْ مِن مَبادِئِ الحُجَّةِ، فحَرِيٌّ بنا أنْ نَتَكَلَّمَ في مَباحِثِ الحُجَّةِ؛ فنَقُولُ: الحُجَّةُ على ثَلاثَةِ أقْسامٍ: أحَدُها القِياسُ، وثانِيها الاسْتِقْراءُ، وثالِثُها التَّمْثِيلُ؛ فلْنُبَيِّنْ هذه الثَّلاثَةَ في ثَلاثَةِ فُصُولٍ.

Now that we have finished the discussions of and of the conversions, which were among the principles of , it is fitting for us to speak about the discussions of argument. So we say: argument is of three kinds: the first is the , the second , and the third . Let us, then, explain these three in three sections.

· p. 37

فصل في القياس

69

وهو قَوْلٌ مُؤَلَّفٌ مِن قَضايا يَلْزَمُ عَنْها قَوْلٌ آخَرُ بَعْدَ تَسْلِيمِ تِلْكَ القَضايا؛ فإنْ كانَ النَّتِيجَةُ أو نَقِيضُها مَذْكُورًا فيه يُسَمّى اسْتِثْنائِيًّا، كقَوْلِنا: «إنْ كانَ زَيْدٌ إنْسانًا كانَ حَيَوانًا، لكِنَّهُ إنْسانٌ» يُنْتِجُ: «فهو حَيَوانٌ»، و«إنْ كانَ زَيْدٌ حِمارًا كانَ ناهِقًا، لكِنَّهُ لَيْسَ بناهِقٍ» يُنْتِجُ: «أنّه لَيْسَ بحِمارٍ». وإنْ لم تَكُنِ النَّتِيجَةُ ونَقِيضُها مَذْكُورًا يُسَمّى اقْتِرانِيًّا، كقَوْلِكَ: «زَيْدٌ إنْسانٌ، وكُلُّ إنْسانٍ حَيَوانٌ» يُنْتِجُ: «زَيْدٌ حَيَوانٌ».

It is a statement composed of from which another statement follows once those propositions are granted. If the or its is stated in it, it is called (istithnāʾī), as when we say “If Zayd is a human, he is an animal; but he is a human”, which produces “so he is an animal”; and “If Zayd is a donkey, he brays; but he does not bray”, which produces “that he is not a donkey”. If neither the conclusion nor its contradictory is stated, it is called (iqtirānī), as when you say “Zayd is a human, and every human is an animal”, which produces “Zayd is an animal”.

· p. 37

فصل في القياس الاقتراني

70

وهو قِسْمانِ: حَمْلِيٌّ وشَرْطِيٌّ. ومَوْضُوعُ النَّتِيجَةِ في القِياسِ يُسَمّى أصْغَرَ لكَوْنِهِ أقَلَّ أفْرادًا في الأغْلَبِ، ومَحْمُولُهُ يُسَمّى أكْبَرَ لكَوْنِهِ أكْثَرَ أفْرادًا غالِبًا. والقَضِيَّةُ الّتي جُعِلَتْ جُزْءَ قِياسٍ تُسَمّى مُقَدِّمَةً، والمُقَدِّمَةُ الّتي فيها الأصْغَرُ تُسَمّى صُغْرى، والّتي فيها الأكْبَرُ كُبْرى، والجُزْءُ الّذي تَكَرَّرَ بَيْنَهُما يُسَمّى حَدًّا أوْسَطَ، واقْتِرانُ الصُّغْرى بالكُبْرى يُسَمّى قَرِينَةً وضَرْبًا، والهَيْئَةُ الحاصِلَةُ مِن كَيْفِيَّةِ وَضْعِ الأوْسَطِ عِنْدَ الأصْغَرِ والأكْبَرِ تُسَمّى شَكْلًا. والأشْكالُ أرْبَعَةٌ، وَجْهُ الضَّبْطِ أنْ يُقالَ: الحَدُّ الأوْسَطُ إمّا مَحْمُولُ الصُّغْرى ومَوْضُوعُ الكُبْرى، كما في قَوْلِنا: «العالَمُ مُتَغَيِّرٌ، وكُلُّ مُتَغَيِّرٍ حادِثٌ» يُنْتِجُ: «العالَمُ حادِثٌ»، فهو الشَّكْلُ الأوَّلُ؛ وإنْ كانَ مَحْمُولًا فيهما فهو الشَّكْلُ الثّانِي، كما تَقُولُ: «كُلُّ إنْسانٍ حَيَوانٌ، ولا شَيْءَ مِنَ الحَجَرِ بحَيَوانٍ»، فالنَّتِيجَةُ: «لا شَيْءَ مِنَ الإنْسانِ بحَجَرٍ»؛ وإنْ كانَ مَوْضُوعًا فيهما فهو الشَّكْلُ الثّالِثُ، نحوُ: «كُلُّ إنْسانٍ حَيَوانٌ، وبَعْضُ الإنْسانِ كاتِبٌ» يُنْتِجُ: «بَعْضُ الحَيَوانِ كاتِبٌ»؛ وإنْ كانَ مَوْضُوعًا في الصُّغْرى ومَحْمُولًا في الكُبْرى فهو الشَّكْلُ الرّابِعُ، نحوُ قَوْلِنا: «كُلُّ إنْسانٍ حَيَوانٌ، وبَعْضُ الكاتِبِ إنْسانٌ» يُنْتِجُ: «بَعْضُ الحَيَوانِ كاتِبٌ».

It is of two kinds: and . The of the in a is called the , because it mostly has fewer individuals; and its is called the , because it usually has more individuals. A made part of a syllogism is called a ; the premise containing the minor term is called the , and the one containing the major term the . The part repeated between them is called the . The joining of the minor premise with the major is called a combination (qarīna) and a mood (ḍarb); and the form that results from the way the middle term is placed with respect to the minor and major terms is called a (shakl). The figures are four. The way to establish this is to say: the middle term is either the predicate of the minor premise and the subject of the major, as when we say “The world is changing, and everything changing came to be”, which produces “The world came to be”: this is the first figure. If it is the predicate in both, it is the second figure, as you say: “Every human is an animal, and no stone is an animal”, so the conclusion is “No human is a stone”. If it is the subject in both, it is the third figure, as in “Every human is an animal, and some human is a writer”, which produces “Some animal is a writer”. If it is the subject in the minor premise and the predicate in the major, it is the fourth figure, as when we say “Every human is an animal, and some writer is human”, which produces “Some animal is a writer”.

· p. 37

فصل

71

وأشْرَفُ الأشْكالِ مِنَ الأرْبَعَةِ الشَّكْلُ الأوَّلُ، ولذلك كانَ إنْتاجُهُ بَيِّنًا بَدِيهِيًّا يَسْبِقُ الذِّهْنُ فيه إلى النَّتِيجَةِ سَبْقًا طَبْعِيًّا مِن دُونِ حاجَةٍ إلى فِكْرٍ وتَأَمُّلٍ. ولَهُ شَرائِطُ وضُرُوبٌ؛ أمّا الشَّرائِطُ فاثْنانِ: أحَدُهُما إيجابُ الصُّغْرى، وثانِيهِما كُلِّيَّةُ الكُبْرى؛ فإنْ يُفْقَدا مَعًا أو يُفْقَدْ أحَدُهُما لا يَلْزَمِ النَّتِيجَةُ، كما يَظْهَرُ عِنْدَ التَّأَمُّلِ. وأمّا الضُّرُوبُ فأرْبَعَةٌ؛ لأنّ الاحْتِمالاتِ في كُلِّ شَكْلٍ سِتَّةَ عَشَرَ؛ لأنّ الصُّغْرى أرْبَعَةٌ والكُبْرى أيْضًا أرْبَعَةٌ، أعْنِي المُوجَبَةَ الكُلِّيَّةَ والمُوجَبَةَ الجُزْئِيَّةَ والسّالِبَةَ الكُلِّيَّةَ والجُزْئِيَّةَ، والأرْبَعَةُ في الأرْبَعَةِ سِتَّةَ عَشَرَ. وأسْقَطَ شَرائِطُ الشَّكْلِ الأوَّلِ اثْنَيْ عَشَرَ، وهو الصُّغْرى السّالِبَةُ الكُلِّيَّةُ مَعَ الكُبْرَياتِ الأرْبَعِ، والصُّغْرى السّالِبَةُ الجُزْئِيَّةُ مَعَ تِلْكَ الأرْبَعِ، وهذه ثَمانِيَةٌ، والكُبْرى المُوجَبَةُ الجُزْئِيَّةُ والسّالِبَةُ الجُزْئِيَّةُ مَعَ الصُّغْرى المُوجَبَةِ الجُزْئِيَّةِ والكُلِّيَّةِ، وهذه أرْبَعَةٌ؛ فبَقِيَ أرْبَعَةُ ضُرُوبٍ مُنْتِجَةٍ. الضَّرْبُ الأوَّلُ مُرَكَّبٌ مِن مُوجَبَةٍ كُلِّيَّةٍ صُغْرى ومُوجَبَةٍ كُلِّيَّةٍ كُبْرى، يُنْتِجُ مُوجَبَةً كُلِّيَّةً، نحوُ: «كُلُّ ج ب، وكُلُّ ب د» يُنْتِجُ: «ج د». والضَّرْبُ الثّانِي مُؤَلَّفٌ مِن مُوجَبَةٍ كُلِّيَّةٍ صُغْرى وسالِبَةٍ كُلِّيَّةٍ كُبْرى، يُنْتِجُ سالِبَةً كُلِّيَّةً، نحوُ: «كُلُّ إنْسانٍ حَيَوانٌ، ولا شَيْءَ مِنَ الحَيَوانِ بحَجَرٍ» يُنْتِجُ: «لا شَيْءَ مِنَ الإنْسانِ بحَجَرٍ». والضَّرْبُ الثّالِثُ مُلْتَئِمٌ مِن مُوجَبَةٍ جُزْئِيَّةٍ صُغْرى ومُوجَبَةٍ كُلِّيَّةٍ كُبْرى، والنَّتِيجَةُ مُوجَبَةٌ جُزْئِيَّةٌ، نحوُ: «بَعْضُ الحَيَوانِ فَرَسٌ، وكُلُّ فَرَسٍ صَهّالٌ» يُنْتِجُ: «بَعْضُ الحَيَوانِ صَهّالٌ». والضَّرْبُ الرّابِعُ مُزْدَوِجٌ مِن مُوجَبَةٍ جُزْئِيَّةٍ صُغْرى وسالِبَةٍ كُلِّيَّةٍ كُبْرى، يُنْتِجُ سالِبَةً جُزْئِيَّةً، كقَوْلِنا: «بَعْضُ الحَيَوانِ ناطِقٌ، ولا شَيْءَ مِنَ النّاطِقِ بناهِقٍ»، فالنَّتِيجَةُ: «بَعْضُ الحَيَوانِ لَيْسَ بناهِقٍ».

The noblest of the four is the first. For that reason its production [of a ] is evident and self-evident: in it the mind runs ahead to the conclusion naturally, with no need for thought and . It has conditions and . The conditions are two: the first is that the be , the second that the be . If both are missing, or one of them, the conclusion does not follow, as becomes clear on reflection. The moods are four. For the possibilities in each figure are sixteen, since the minor premise is of four kinds and the major premise also of four, I mean the , the , the and the []; and four times four is sixteen. The conditions of the first figure drop twelve: the universal negative minor premise with the four major , and the minor premise with those four, which makes eight; and the particular affirmative and particular negative major premise with the particular and universal affirmative minor premise, which makes four. So four moods remain. The first mood is composed of a universal affirmative minor premise and a universal affirmative major premise, and produces a universal affirmative, as in “Every J is B, and every B is D”, which produces “[Every] J is D”. The second mood is made up of a universal affirmative minor premise and a universal negative major premise, and produces a universal negative, as in “Every human is an animal, and no animal is a stone”, which produces “No human is a stone”. The third mood is formed of a particular affirmative minor premise and a universal affirmative major premise, and the conclusion is a particular affirmative, as in “Some animal is a horse, and every horse neighs”, which produces “Some animal neighs”. The fourth mood is paired from a particular affirmative minor premise and a universal negative major premise, and produces a particular negative, as when we say “Some animal is rational, and nothing rational brays”, so the conclusion is “Some animal does not bray”.

· p. 38

تنبيه

72

إنْتاجُ المُوجَبَةِ الكُلِّيَّةِ مِن خَواصِّ الشَّكْلِ الأوَّلِ، كما أنّ الإنْتاجَ لِلنَّتائِجِ الأرْبَعَةِ أيْضًا مِن خَصائِصِهِ، والصُّغْرى المُمْكِنَةُ غَيْرُ مُنْتِجَةٍ في هذا الشَّكْلِ فَقَطْ. ووَضَحَ بما ذَكَرْنا أنّه لا بُدَّ في هذا الشَّكْلِ كَيْفًا إيجابُ الصُّغْرى، وكَمًّا كُلِّيَّةُ الكُبْرى، وجِهَةً فِعْلِيَّةُ الصُّغْرى.

Producing a is one of the properties of the first , just as producing all four kinds of is also one of its distinctive features; and a possible is unproductive in this figure only. What we have said makes clear that in this figure the minor premise must be , as to quality; the must be , as to quantity; and the minor premise must be actual (fiʿliyya), as to mode.

· p. 40

Lesson 17 · The second, third and fourth figures

الشَّكْلُ الثّانِي وَالثّالِثُ وَالرّابِعُ

فصل

73

ويُشْتَرَطُ في إنْتاجِ الشَّكْلِ الثّانِي بحَسَبِ الكَيْفِ ـ أي الإيجابِ والسَّلْبِ ـ اخْتِلافُ المُقَدِّمَتَيْنِ؛ فإنْ كانَتِ الصُّغْرى مُوجَبَةً كانَتِ الكُبْرى سالِبَةً، وبالعَكْسِ؛ وبحَسَبِ الكَمِّ ـ أي الكُلِّيَّةِ والجُزْئِيَّةِ ـ كُلِّيَّةُ الكُبْرى، وإلّا يَلْزَمِ الاخْتِلافُ المُوجِبُ لعَدَمِ الإنْتاجِ، أي صِدْقُ القِياسِ مَعَ إيجابِ النَّتِيجَةِ تارَةً ومَعَ سَلْبِها أُخْرى. ونَتِيجَةُ هذا الشَّكْلِ لا يَكُونُ إلّا سالِبَةً، وضُرُوبُهُ النّاتِجَةُ أيْضًا أرْبَعَةٌ: أحَدُها مِن كُلِّيَّتَيْنِ والصُّغْرى مُوجَبَةٌ، يُنْتِجُ سالِبَةً كُلِّيَّةً، كقَوْلِنا: «كُلُّ ج ب، ولا شَيْءَ مِن ا ب»، «فلا شَيْءَ مِن ج ا». والدَّلِيلُ على هذا الإنْتاجِ عَكْسُ الكُبْرى؛ فإنّكَ إذا عَكَسْتَ الكُبْرى صارَ «لا شَيْءَ مِن ب ا»، وبانْضِمامِها إلى الصُّغْرى انْتَظَمَ الشَّكْلُ الأوَّلُ، ويُنْتِجُ النَّتِيجَةَ المَطْلُوبَةَ. الضَّرْبُ الثّانِي مِن مُوجَبَةٍ كُلِّيَّةٍ كُبْرى وسالِبَةٍ كُلِّيَّةٍ صُغْرى، كقَوْلِنا: «لا شَيْءَ مِن ج ب، وكُلُّ ا ب» يُنْتِجُ: «لا شَيْءَ مِن ج ا». والدَّلِيلُ على الإنْتاجِ عَكْسُ الصُّغْرى وجَعْلُها كُبْرى ثُمَّ عَكْسُ النَّتِيجَةِ. الضَّرْبُ الثّالِثُ مِن مُوجَبَةٍ جُزْئِيَّةٍ صُغْرى وسالِبَةٍ كُلِّيَّةٍ كُبْرى، يُنْتِجُ سالِبَةً جُزْئِيَّةً، كقَوْلِكَ: «بَعْضُ ج ب، ولا شَيْءَ مِن ا ب»، «فلَيْسَ بَعْضُ ج ا». الضَّرْبُ الرّابِعُ مِن سالِبَةٍ جُزْئِيَّةٍ صُغْرى ومُوجَبَةٍ كُلِّيَّةٍ كُبْرى، يُنْتِجُ سالِبَةً جُزْئِيَّةً؛ تَقُولُ: «بَعْضُ ج لَيْسَ ب، وكُلُّ ا ب»، «فبَعْضُ ج لَيْسَ ا».

For the second to produce, it is required, with respect to quality (that is, and ), that the two differ: if the is affirmative, the is negative, and the reverse. With respect to quantity (that is, universality and particularity), it is required that the major premise be . Otherwise there follows the discrepancy (ikhtilāf) that entails sterility, that is, the being true at one time with the affirmative and at another with it negative. The conclusion of this figure is only ever negative. Its are also four. The first is made of two universals, the minor premise being affirmative; it produces a , as when we say: “Every J is B, and no A is B”, “so no J is A”. The proof of this productivity is the of the major premise: if you convert the major premise, it becomes “No B is A”; joined to the minor premise, it makes up the first figure, and this produces the conclusion sought. The second mood is made of a major premise and a universal negative minor premise, as when we say: “No J is B, and every A is B”, which produces “No J is A”. The proof of its productivity is converting the minor premise and making it the major premise, then converting the conclusion. The third mood is made of a minor premise and a universal negative major premise; it produces a , as when you say: “Some J is B, and no A is B”, “so not some J is A”. The fourth mood is made of a particular negative minor premise and a universal affirmative major premise; it produces a particular negative. You say: “Some J is not B, and every A is B”, “so some J is not A”.

· p. 40

فصل

74

شَرْطُ إنْتاجِ الشَّكْلِ الثّالِثِ كَوْنُ الصُّغْرى مُوجَبَةً، وكَوْنُ أحَدِ المُقَدِّمَتَيْنِ كُلِّيَّةً؛ فضُرُوبُهُ النّاتِجَةُ سِتَّةٌ: أحَدُها «كُلُّ ب ج، وكُلُّ ب ا، فبَعْضُ ج ا»، وثانِيها «كُلُّ ب ج، ولا شَيْءَ مِن ب ا، فبَعْضُ ج لَيْسَ ا»، وثالِثُها «بَعْضُ ب ج، وكُلُّ ب ا، فبَعْضُ ج ا»، ورابِعُها «بَعْضُ ب ج، ولا شَيْءَ مِن ب ا، فبَعْضُ ج لَيْسَ ا»، وخامِسُها «كُلُّ ب ج، وبَعْضُ ب ا، فبَعْضُ ج ا»، وسادِسُها «كُلُّ ب ج، وبَعْضُ ب لَيْسَ ا، فبَعْضُ ج لَيْسَ ا».

The condition for the third to produce is that the be and that one of the two be . So its are six. The first: “Every B is J, and every B is A, so some J is A.” The second: “Every B is J, and no B is A, so some J is not A.” The third: “Some B is J, and every B is A, so some J is A.” The fourth: “Some B is J, and no B is A, so some J is not A.” The fifth: “Every B is J, and some B is A, so some J is A.” The sixth: “Every B is J, and some B is not A, so some J is not A.”

· p. 41

فصل

75

وشَرائِطُ إنْتاجِ الشَّكْلِ الرّابِعِ مَعَ كَثْرَتِها وقِلَّةِ جَدْواها مَذْكُورَةٌ في المَبْسُوطاتِ، فلا عَلَيْنا لو تَرَكْنا ذِكْرَها، وكذا شَرائِطُ سائِرِ الأشْكالِ بحَسَبِ الجِهَةِ لا يَتَحَمَّلُ أمْثالُ رِسالَتِي هذه لِبَيانِها.

The conditions for the fourth to produce, many as they are and of little use, are set out in the extensive works, so there is no blame on us if we leave them unmentioned. Likewise the conditions of the other figures with respect to modality (jiha): a treatise such as this one of mine cannot bear setting them out.

· p. 41

فائدة

76

ولَعَلَّكَ عَلِمْتَ مِمّا ألْقَيْنا عَلَيْكَ أنّ النَّتِيجَةَ في القِياسِ تَتْبَعُ أدْوَنَ المُقَدِّمَتَيْنِ في الكَيْفِ والكَمِّ، والأدْوَنُ في الكَيْفِ هو السَّلْبُ، وفي الكَمِّ هو الجُزْئِيَّةُ؛ فالقِياسُ مِن مُوجَبَةٍ وسالِبَةٍ يُنْتِجُ سالِبَةً، والمُرَكَّبُ مِن كُلِّيَّةٍ وجُزْئِيَّةٍ إنّما يُنْتِجُ جُزْئِيَّةً. وأمّا المُرَكَّبُ مِنَ الكُلِّيَّتَيْنِ فرُبَّما يُنْتِجُ كُلِّيَّةً، وقد يُنْتِجُ جُزْئِيَّةً.

Perhaps you have learned from what we have put before you that the of a follows the weaker (adwan) of the two in quality and in quantity. The weaker in quality is , and in quantity particularity. So a syllogism made of an and a negative produces a negative, and one composed of a and a produces only a particular. As for one composed of two universals, it may produce a universal, and it may produce a particular.

· p. 41

Lesson 18 · Conditional and exceptive syllogisms

الاقْتِرانِيّاتُ الشَّرْطِيَّةُ وَالقِياسُ الاسْتِثْنائِيُّ

فصل في الاقترانيات من الشرطيات

77

وحالُها في انْعِقادِ الأشْكالِ الأرْبَعَةِ والضُّرُوبِ المُنْتِجَةِ والشَّرائِطِ المُعْتَبَرَةِ كحالِ الاقْتِرانِيّاتِ مِنَ الحَمْلِيّاتِ سَواءً بسَواءٍ. مِثالُ الشَّكْلِ الأوَّلِ في المُتَّصِلَةِ: «كُلَّما كانَ زَيْدٌ إنْسانًا كانَ حَيَوانًا، وكُلَّما كانَ حَيَوانًا كانَ جِسْمًا» يُنْتِجُ: «كُلَّما كانَ زَيْدٌ إنْسانًا كانَ جِسْمًا». مِثالُ الشَّكْلِ الثّانِي: «كُلَّما كانَ زَيْدٌ إنْسانًا كانَ حَيَوانًا، ولَيْسَ البَتَّةَ إذا كانَ حَجَرًا كانَ حَيَوانًا» يُنْتِجُ: «لَيْسَ البَتَّةَ إنْ كانَ زَيْدٌ إنْسانًا كانَ حَجَرًا». مِثالُ الثّالِثِ مِنْها: «كُلَّما كانَ زَيْدٌ إنْسانًا كانَ حَيَوانًا، وكُلَّما كانَ زَيْدٌ إنْسانًا كانَ كاتِبًا» يُنْتِجُ: «قد يَكُونُ إذا كانَ زَيْدٌ حَيَوانًا كانَ كاتِبًا». وأمّا الاقْتِرانِيُّ الشَّرْطِيُّ المُؤَلَّفُ مِنَ المُنْفَصِلاتِ فمِثالُهُ مِنَ الشَّكْلِ الأوَّلِ: «إمّا كُلُّ ا ب أو كُلُّ ج د، ودائِمًا كُلُّ د ه أو كُلُّ د ز» يُنْتِجُ: «دائِمًا إمّا كُلُّ ا ب أو كُلُّ ج ه أو كُلُّ د ز». وأمّا الاقْتِرانِيُّ الشَّرْطِيُّ المُرَكَّبُ مِن حَمْلِيَّةٍ ومُتَّصِلَةٍ فكقَوْلِنا: «كُلَّما كانَ ب ج فكُلُّ ج [د]، وكُلُّ [د] ا» يُنْتِجُ: «كُلَّما كانَ ب ج فكُلُّ ج ا». وعلى هذا القِياسِ باقِي التَّرْكِيباتِ.

Their state in forming the four , in the and in the conditions that count, is exactly like that of the syllogisms made of . An example of the first figure with : “Whenever Zayd is a human, he is an animal; and whenever he is an animal, he is a body”, which produces “Whenever Zayd is a human, he is a body.” An example of the second figure: “Whenever Zayd is a human, he is an animal; and never at all, if he is a stone, is he an animal”, which produces “Never at all, if Zayd is a human, is he a stone.” An example of the third of them: “Whenever Zayd is a human, he is an animal; and whenever Zayd is a human, he is a writer”, which produces “Sometimes, if Zayd is an animal, he is a writer.” As for the conjunctive composed of , its example in the first figure is: “Either every A is B or every J is D; and always, every D is H or every D is Z”, which produces “Always, either every A is B or every J is H or every D is Z.” As for the conjunctive conditional syllogism composed of a categorical and a connective, it is as when we say: “Whenever B is J, then every J is [D]; and every [D] is A”, which produces “Whenever B is J, then every J is A.” The remaining combinations go by this .

· p. 42

فصل في القياس الاستثنائي

78

وهو مُرَكَّبٌ مِن مُقَدِّمَتَيْنِ، أي قَضِيَّتَيْنِ، إحْداهُما شَرْطِيَّةٌ والأُخْرى حَمْلِيَّةٌ، ويَتَخَلَّلُ بَيْنَهُما كَلِمَةُ الاسْتِثْناءِ، أعْنِي «إلّا» وأخَواتِها، ومِن ثَمَّ يُسَمّى اسْتِثْنائِيًّا. فإنْ كانَتِ الشَّرْطِيَّةُ مُتَّصِلَةً فاسْتِثْناءُ عَيْنِ المُقَدَّمِ يُنْتِجُ عَيْنَ التّالِي، واسْتِثْناءُ نَقِيضِ التّالِي يُنْتِجُ رَفْعَ المُقَدَّمِ، كما تَقُولُ: «كُلَّما كانَتِ الشَّمْسُ طالِعَةً كانَ النَّهارُ مَوْجُودًا، لكِنَّ الشَّمْسَ طالِعَةٌ» يُنْتِجُ: «فالنَّهارُ مَوْجُودٌ»، «لكِنَّ النَّهارَ لَيْسَ بمَوْجُودٍ» يُنْتِجُ: «فالشَّمْسُ لَيْسَتْ بطالِعَةٍ». وإنْ كانَتْ مُنْفَصِلَةً حَقِيقِيَّةً فاسْتِثْناءُ عَيْنِ أحَدِهِما يُنْتِجُ نَقِيضَ الآخَرِ، وبالعَكْسِ؛ وفي مانِعَةِ الجَمْعِ يُنْتِجُ القِسْمُ الأوَّلُ دُونَ الثّانِي، وفي مانِعَةِ الخُلُوِّ القِسْمُ الثّانِي دُونَ الأوَّلِ. وهٰهُنا قَدِ انْتَهَتْ مَباحِثُ القِياسِ بالقَوْلِ المُجْمَلِ، والتَّفْصِيلُ مَوْكُولٌ إلى الكُتُبِ الطِّوالِ، والآنَ نَذْكُرُ طَرَفًا مِن لَواحِقِ القِياسِ.

It is composed of two , that is, two , one of them and the other , with the particle of exception, I mean “illā” (“except”) and its sisters, coming between them; for this reason it is called . If the conditional is a , affirming the itself produces the itself, and affirming the of the consequent produces the removal of the antecedent. As you say: “Whenever the sun is up, it is day; but the sun is up”, which produces “so it is day”; [or] “but it is not day”, which produces “so the sun is not up”. If it is a real , affirming one of the two [parts] itself produces the contradictory of the other, and the reverse [holds too]. In one excluding being together (māniʿat al-jamʿ), the first case produces, not the second; and in one excluding being absent together (māniʿat al-khuluww), the second case produces, not the first. Here the discussions of the have come to an end, in summary form; the details are left to the long books. Now we shall mention some of what attaches to the syllogism.

· p. 42

Lesson 19 · Induction, analogy, reductio, matter and form

الاسْتِقْراءُ وَالتَّمْثِيلُ وَقِياسُ الخُلْفِ، وَالمادَّةُ وَالصُّورَةُ

فصل

79

الاسْتِقْراءُ هو الحُكْمُ على كُلِّيٍّ بتَتَبُّعِ أكْثَرِ الجُزْئِيّاتِ، كقَوْلِنا: «كُلُّ حَيَوانٍ يُحَرِّكُ فَكَّهُ الأسْفَلَ عِنْدَ المَضْغِ»؛ لأنّا اسْتَقْرَيْنا ـ أي تَتَبَّعْنا ـ الإنْسانَ والفَرَسَ والبَعِيرَ والحَمِيرَ والطُّيُورَ والسِّباعَ فوَجَدْنا كُلَّها كذلك، فحَكَمْنا بَعْدَ تَتَبُّعِ هذه الجُزْئِيّاتِ المُسْتَقْرِيَةِ أنّ كُلَّ حَيَوانٍ يُحَرِّكُ فَكَّهُ الأسْفَلَ عِنْدَ المَضْغِ. والاسْتِقْراءُ لا يُفِيدُ اليَقِينَ، وإنّما يُحَصِّلُ الظَّنَّ الغالِبَ؛ لجَوازِ أنْ لا يَكُونَ جَمِيعُ أفْرادِ هذا الكُلِّيِّ بهذه الحالَةِ، كما يُقالُ: إنّ التِّمْساحَ لَيْسَ على هذه الصِّفَةِ، بل يُحَرِّكُ فَكَّهُ الأعْلى.

(istiqrāʾ) is judging about a by examining most of its , as when we say: “Every animal moves its lower jaw when chewing”; for we have inducted, that is, examined, the human, the horse, the camel, donkeys, birds and beasts of prey and found all of them to be so, and so, after examining these inducted particulars, we judged that every animal moves its lower jaw when chewing. Induction does not yield certainty; it brings about only preponderant opinion (ẓann ghālib), since it is possible that not all the individuals of this universal are in this state. As is said, the crocodile does not have this attribute: it moves its upper jaw.

· p. 43

فصل

80

التَّمْثِيلُ، وهو إثْباتُ حُكْمٍ في جُزْئِيٍّ لوُجُودِهِ في جُزْئِيٍّ آخَرَ لمَعْنًى جامِعٍ مُشْتَرَكٍ بَيْنَهُما، كقَوْلِنا: «العالَمُ مُؤَلَّفٌ، فهو حادِثٌ كالبَيْتِ». ولَهُمْ في إثْباتِ أنّ الأمْرَ المُشْتَرَكِ عِلَّةٌ لِلحُكْمِ المَذْكُورِ طُرُقٌ عَدِيدَةٌ مَذْكُورَةٌ فِي الأُصُولِ، وَالعُمْدَةُ فِيها طَرِيقانِ: أَحَدُهُما الدَّوَرانُ عِنْدَ المُتَأَخِّرِينَ، وَالقُدَماءُ كانُوا يُسَمُّونَها بِالطَّرْدِ وَالعَكْسِ، وَهُوَ أَنْ يَدُورَ الحُكْمُ مَعَ المَعْنَى المُشْتَرَكِ وُجُودًا وَعَدَمًا، أَيْ إِذا وُجِدَ المَعْنَى وُجِدَ الحُكْمُ، وَإِذا انْتَفَى المَعْنَى انْتَفَى الحُكْمُ؛ فَالدَّوَرانُ دَلِيلٌ عَلَى كَوْنِ المَدارِ، أَعْنِي المَعْنَى، عِلَّةً لِلدّائِرِ، أَيِ الحُكْمِ. وَالطَّرِيقُ الثّانِي السَّبْرُ وَالتَّقْسِيمُ، وَهُوَ أَنَّهُمْ يَعُدُّونَ أَوْصافَ الأَصْلِ، ثُمَّ يُثْبِتُونَ أَنَّ ما وَراءَ المَعْنَى المُشْتَرَكِ غَيْرُ صالِحٍ لِاقْتِضاءِ الحُكْمِ، وَذٰلِكَ لِوُجُودِ تِلْكَ الأَوْصافِ فِي مَحَلٍّ آخَرَ مَعَ تَخَلُّفِ الحُكْمِ عَنْهُ. مَثَلًا فِي المِثالِ المَذْكُورِ يَقُولُونَ: إِنَّ عِلَّةَ حُدُوثِ البَيْتِ إِمّا الإِمْكانُ أَوِ الوُجُودُ أَوِ الجَوْهَرِيَّةُ أَوِ الجِسْمِيَّةُ أَوِ التَّأْلِيفُ، وَلا شَيْءَ مِنَ المَذْكُوراتِ غَيْرَ التَّأْلِيفِ بِصالِحٍ لِكَوْنِهِ عِلَّةً لِلحُدُوثِ، وَإِلّا لَكانَ كُلُّ مُمْكِنٍ وَكُلُّ جَوْهَرٍ وَكُلُّ مَوْجُودٍ وَكُلُّ جِسْمٍ حادِثًا، مَعَ أَنَّ الواجِبَ تَعالَى وَالجَواهِرَ المُجَرَّدَةَ وَالأَجْسامَ الأَثِيرِيَّةَ لَيْسَتْ كَذٰلِكَ.

(tamthīl) is establishing a judgement in one because it exists in another particular, on account of a uniting factor (maʿnā jāmiʿ) shared by the two, as when we say: “The world is composite, so it has come to be, like a house.” To establish that the shared factor is the cause of the judgement mentioned, they have many methods, set out in the principles of jurisprudence (uṣūl). The chief of them are two. The first is co-variation (dawarān), as the later scholars call it; the earlier ones used to call it presence and absence together (al-ṭard wa-l-ʿaks). It is that the judgement turns with the shared factor in existence and non-existence: when the factor is found, the judgement is found, and when the factor is absent, the judgement is absent. So co-variation is evidence that what it turns on (madār), I mean the factor, is the cause of what turns (dāʾir), that is, the judgement. The second method is probing and division (al-sabr wa-l-taqsīm). It is that they enumerate the attributes of the base case (aṣl), then establish that everything apart from the shared factor is unfit to require the judgement, because those attributes are found in another place where the judgement fails to follow. For example, in the example mentioned they say: the cause of the house's having come to be is either contingency, or existence, or being a substance, or being a body, or being composite; and none of these except being composite is fit to be the cause of having come to be; otherwise everything contingent, every substance, everything existent and every body would have come to be, whereas the Necessary [Being], exalted is He, the separate substances and the ethereal bodies are not so.

· p. 43

فَصْلٌ

81

وَمِنَ الأَقْيِسَةِ المُرَكَّبَةِ قِياسٌ يُسَمَّى قِياسَ الخُلْفِ، وَمَرْجِعُهُ إِلَى قِياسَيْنِ: أَحَدُهُما اقْتِرانِيٌّ شَرْطِيٌّ مُرَكَّبٌ مِنَ المُتَّصِلَتَيْنِ، وَثانِيهِما اسْتِثْنائِيٌّ إِحْدَى مُقَدِّمَتَيْهِ لُزُومِيَّةٌ، أَعْنِي نَتِيجَةَ القِياسِ الأَوَّلِ، وَالمُقَدِّمَةُ الأُخْرَى مِمّا اسْتُثْنِيَ فِيهِ نَقِيضُ التّالِي. تَقْرِيرُهُ أَنْ يُقالَ: المُدَّعَى ثابِتٌ؛ لِأَنَّهُ لَوْ لَمْ يَثْبُتِ المُدَّعَى يَثْبُتْ نَقِيضُهُ، وَكُلَّما ثَبَتَ نَقِيضُهُ ثَبَتَ المُحالُ، يُنْتِجُ: لَوْ لَمْ يَثْبُتِ المُدَّعَى ثَبَتَ المُحالُ، وَهٰذا أَوَّلُ القِياسَيْنِ. ثُمَّ نَجْعَلُ النَّتِيجَةَ المَذْكُورَةَ صُغْرَى فَنَقُولُ: لَوْ لَمْ يَثْبُتِ المُدَّعَى ثَبَتَ المُحالُ، وَنَضُمُّ كُبْرَى اسْتِثْنائِيًّا وَنَقُولُ: لٰكِنَّ المُحالَ لَيْسَ بِثابِتٍ، فَبِالضَّرُورَةِ ثَبَتَ المُدَّعَى، وَإِلّا لَزِمَ ارْتِفاعُ النَّقِيضَيْنِ. وَإِنِ اشْتَهَيْتَ فَهْمَ هٰذا المَعْنَى فِي مِثالٍ جُزْئِيٍّ تَقُولُ: «كُلُّ إِنْسانٍ حَيَوانٌ» صادِقٌ؛ لِأَنَّهُ لَوْ لَمْ يَصْدُقْ لَصَدَقَ «بَعْضُ الإِنْسانِ لَيْسَ بِحَيَوانٍ»، وَكُلَّما صَدَقَ «بَعْضُ الإِنْسانِ لَيْسَ بِحَيَوانٍ» لَزِمَ المُحالُ، يُنْتِجُ: كُلَّما لَمْ يَصْدُقِ المُدَّعَى لَزِمَ المُحالُ، لٰكِنَّ المُحالَ لَيْسَ بِثابِتٍ، فَعَدَمُ ثُبُوتِ المُدَّعَى لَيْسَ بِثابِتٍ، فَالمُدَّعَى ثابِتٌ.

Among the compound syllogisms is one called the reductio (qiyās al-khulf). It comes down to two syllogisms. The first is a composed of two . The second is an , one of whose is implicative (luzūmiyya), I mean the of the first syllogism, while the other premise is one in which the of the is affirmed. It is set out as follows: the claim holds; for if the claim did not hold, its contradictory would hold; and whenever its contradictory holds, the absurd holds. This produces: if the claim did not hold, the absurd would hold. This is the first of the two syllogisms. Then we make this conclusion the and say: “If the claim did not hold, the absurd would hold”, and we join to it an exceptive and say: “But the absurd does not hold.” So, necessarily, the claim holds; otherwise both contradictories would be removed. If you wish to grasp this in a example, you say: “Every human is an animal” is true; for if it were not true, “Some human is not an animal” would be true; and whenever “Some human is not an animal” is true, the absurd follows. This produces: whenever the claim is not true, the absurd follows. But the absurd does not hold; so the claim's not holding does not hold; so the claim holds.

· p. 44

فَصْلٌ

82

يَنْبَغِي أَنْ يُعْلَمَ أَنَّ كُلَّ قِياسٍ لا بُدَّ لَهُ مِنْ صُورَةٍ وَمادَّةٍ؛ أَمّا الصُّورَةُ فَهُوَ الهَيْئَةُ الحاصِلَةُ مِنْ تَرْتِيبِ المُقَدِّماتِ وَوَضْعِ بَعْضِها عِنْدَ بَعْضٍ، وَقَدْ عَرَفْتَ الأَشْكالَ الأَرْبَعَةَ المُنْتِجَةَ وَعَلِمْتَ شَرائِطَها فِي الإِنْتاجِ، بَقِيَ أَمْرُ المادَّةِ. وَالقُدَماءُ حَتَّى الشَّيْخُ الرَّئِيسُ كانُوا أَشَدَّ اهْتِمامًا فِي تَفْصِيلِ مَوادِّ الأَقْيِسَةِ وَتَوْضِيحِها، وَأَكْثَرَ اعْتِناءً عَنِ البَحْثِ فِي بَسْطِها وَتَنْقِيحِها؛ وَذٰلِكَ لِأَنَّ مَعْرِفَةَ هٰذا أَتَمُّ فائِدَةً وَأَشْمَلُ عائِدَةً لِطالِبِي الصِّناعَةِ، لٰكِنَّ المُتَأَخِّرِينَ قَدْ طَوَّلُوا الكَلامَ فِي بَيانِ صُوَرِ الأَقْيِسَةِ، وَبَسَطُوا فِيها غايَةَ البَسْطِ، سِيَّما فِي أَقْيِسَةِ الشَّرْطِيّاتِ المُتَّصِلَةِ وَالمُنْفَصِلَةِ، مَعَ قِلَّةِ جَدْوَى فِي هٰذِهِ المَباحِثِ، وَرَفَضُوا أَمْرَ المادَّةِ، وَاقْتَصَرُوا فِي بَيانِها عَلَى بَيانِ حُدُودِ الصِّناعاتِ الخَمْسِ، وَلا أَدْرِي أَيُّ أَمْرٍ دَعاهُمْ إِلَى ذٰلِكَ، وَأَيُّ أَمْرٍ باعِثٍ أَغْراهُمْ هُنالِكَ. وَلا بُدَّ لِلفَطِنِ اللَّبِيبِ أَنْ يَهْتَمَّ فِي هٰذِهِ المَباحِثِ الجَلِيلَةِ الشَّأْنِ الباهِرَةِ البُرْهانِ غايَةَ الاهْتِمامِ، وَيَطْلُبَ ذٰلِكَ المَطْلَبَ العَظِيمَ وَالمَقْصِدَ الفَخِيمَ مِنْ كُتُبِ القُدَماءِ المَهَرَةِ وَزُبُرِ الأَقْدَمِينَ السَّحَرَةِ. فَعَلَيْكَ أَيُّها الوَلَدُ العَزِيزُ أَنْ تَسْمَعَ نَصِيحَتِي وَلا تَنْسَ وَصِيَّتِي، وَإِنَّما أُلْقِي عَلَيْكَ نُبَذًا مِمّا يَتَعَلَّقُ بِهٰذِهِ الصِّناعاتِ مُتَوَكِّلًا عَلَى كافِي المُهِمّاتِ. فَاسْمَعْ أَنَّ القِياسَ بِاعْتِبارِ المادَّةِ يَنْقَسِمُ إِلَى أَقْسامٍ خَمْسَةٍ، وَيُقالُ لَها الصِّناعاتُ الخَمْسَةُ: أَحَدُها البُرْهانِيُّ، وَالثّانِي الجَدَلِيُّ، وَالثّالِثُ الخَطابِيُّ، وَالرّابِعُ الشِّعْرِيُّ، وَالخامِسُ السَّفْسَطِيُّ.

It should be known that every must have a form (ṣūra) and a matter (mādda). The form is the arrangement that arises from ordering the and placing some of them next to others. You have come to know the four and have learned their conditions of productivity; what remains is the matter. The earlier scholars, up to and including the Shaykh al-Raʾīs [Ibn Sīnā], were most concerned with setting out the matters of syllogisms in detail and making them clear, and gave most care to the inquiry into expanding and refining them. That is because knowing this is of fuller benefit and wider return to those who seek the . But the later scholars have spoken at length on explaining the forms of syllogisms and expanded on them to the utmost, especially on syllogisms made of and conditionals, though these discussions are of little use; and they cast aside the matter, confining themselves, in explaining it, to giving the definitions of the five arts. I do not know what led them to this, or what motive drew them there. The perceptive, intelligent [student] must devote the utmost care to these discussions, which are of great standing and of dazzling proof, and seek this great goal and lofty aim in the books of the skilled ancients and the writings of the earliest masters, those enchanters [of the art]. So, dear son, you must listen to my counsel and not forget my advice. I shall set before you only fragments of what concerns these arts, relying on the One who suffices for every concern. Hear, then, that the syllogism, with respect to its matter, divides into five kinds, which are called the five arts: the first is the demonstrative, the second the dialectical, the third the rhetorical, the fourth the poetic and the fifth the sophistical.

· p. 45

The five arts (al-ṣināʿāt al-khams)

الصِّناعاتُ الخَمْسُ

Lesson 20 · Demonstration

البُرْهانُ

فَصْلٌ فِي البُرْهانِ وَما يَتَعَلَّقُ بِهِ

83

اعْلَمْ أَنَّ البُرْهانَ قِياسٌ مُؤَلَّفٌ مِنَ اليَقِينِيّاتِ، بَدِيهِيَّةً كانَتْ أَوْ نَظَرِيَّةً مُنْتَهِيَةً إِلَيْها، وَلَيْسَ الأَمْرُ كَما زُعِمَ أَنَّ البُرْهانَ إِنَّما يَتَأَلَّفُ مِنَ البَدِيهِيّاتِ فَحَسْبُ. ثُمَّ البَدِيهِيّاتُ سِتَّةٌ: أَحَدُها الأَوَّلِيّاتُ، وَهِيَ قَضايا يَجْزِمُ العَقْلُ فِيها بِمُجَرَّدِ الالْتِفاتِ وَالتَّصَوُّرِ، وَلا يَحْتاجُ إِلَى واسِطَةٍ، كَقَوْلِكَ: «الكُلُّ أَعْظَمُ مِنَ الجُزْءِ». وَثانِيها الفِطْرِيّاتُ، وَهِيَ ما يُفْتَقَرُ إِلَى واسِطَةٍ غَيْرِ غائِبَةٍ عَنِ الذِّهْنِ أَصْلًا، وَيُقالُ لِهٰذِهِ القَضايا: قَضايا قِياساتُها مَعَها، نَحْوُ: «الأَرْبَعَةُ زَوْجٌ»؛ فَإِنَّ مَنْ تَصَوَّرَ مَفْهُومَ الأَرْبَعَةِ، وَتَصَوَّرَ مَفْهُومَ الزَّوْجِ بِأَنَّهُ هُوَ الَّذِي يَنْقَسِمُ بِمُتَساوِيَيْنِ، حَكَمَ بَداهَةً بِأَنَّ الأَرْبَعَةَ زَوْجٌ؛ وَنَحْوُ قَوْلِنا: «الواحِدُ نِصْفُ الاثْنَيْنِ»؛ فَإِنَّ العَقْلَ يَحْكُمُ بِهِ بَعْدَ أَنْ يُلاحِظَ مَفْهُومَ نِصْفِ الاثْنَيْنِ وَالواحِدِ. وَثالِثُها الحَدْسِيّاتُ، وَهُوَ ظُهُورُ المَبادِي دَفْعَةً واحِدَةً مِنْ دُونِ أَنْ يَكُونَ هُناكَ حَرَكَةٌ فِكْرِيَّةٌ. وَالفَرْقُ بَيْنَ الحَدْسِ وَالفِكْرِ أَنَّهُ لا بُدَّ فِي الفِكْرِ مِنَ الحَرَكَتَيْنِ لِلنَّفْسِ، بِخِلافِ الحَدْسِ؛ فَإِنَّ الذِّهْنَ بَعْدَ ما حَصَلَ لَهُ المَطْلُوبُ بِوَجْهٍ ما يَتَحَرَّكُ فِي المَعانِي المَخْزُونَةِ وَالمَبادِي المَكْنُونَةِ طالِبًا لِما يَكُونُ لَها تَناسُبٌ بِالمَطْلُوبِ، حَتَّى يَجِدَ مَعْلُوماتٍ مُناسِبَةً لَهُ، فَهٰهُنا تَمَّ الحَرَكَةُ الأُولَى، ثُمَّ يَرْجِعُ القَهْقَرَى وَيَتَحَرَّكُ ثانِيًا مُرَتِّبًا لِتِلْكَ المَعْلُوماتِ المَخْزُونَةِ الَّتِي وَجَدَها تَرْتِيبًا تَدْرِيجِيًّا، حَتَّى وَصَلَ إِلَى المَطْلُوبِ، وَتَمَّ الحَرَكَةُ الثّانِيَةُ، فَمَجْمُوعُ هاتَيْنِ الحَرَكَتَيْنِ يُسَمَّى بِالفِكْرِ. مَثَلًا: إِذا كُنْتَ تَصَوَّرْتَ الإِنْسانَ بِوَجْهٍ مِنَ الوُجُوهِ، كَالكاتِبِ وَالضّاحِكِ مَثَلًا، ثُمَّ صِرْتَ طالِبًا لِماهِيَّةِ الإِنْسانِ، فَحَرَّكْتَ ذِهْنَكَ نَحْوَ المَعانِي الَّتِي عِنْدَكَ مَخْزُونَةً، فَوَجَدْتَ الحَيَوانَ وَالنّاطِقَ مُناسِبًا لِمَطْلُوبِكَ، فَتَمَّ الحَرَكَةُ الأُولَى، وَمَبْدَؤُهُ المَطْلُوبُ المَعْلُومُ مِنْ وَجْهٍ، وَمُنْتَهاهُ الحَيَوانُ وَالنّاطِقُ. ثُمَّ تُرَتِّبُ الحَيَوانَ وَالنّاطِقَ بِأَنْ تُقَدِّمَ الحَيَوانَ الَّذِي هُوَ الجِنْسُ عَلَى النّاطِقِ، هُوَ الفَصْلُ، وَقُلْتَ: الحَيَوانُ النّاطِقُ، وَهٰهُنا انْقَطَعَ الحَرَكَةُ الثّانِيَةُ وَحَصَلَ المَطْلُوبُ. وَأَمّا الحَدْسُ فَفِيهِ انْتِقالُ الذِّهْنِ مِنَ المَطْلُوبِ إِلَى المَبادِي دَفْعَةً، وَمِنْها إِلَى المَطْلُوبِ كَذٰلِكَ، وَأَكْثَرُ ما يَكُونُ الحَدْسُ عَقِيبَ الشَّوْقِ وَالتَّعَبِ، وَقَدْ تَكُونُ بِدُونِهِما. وَالنّاسُ مُخْتَلِفُونَ فِي الحَدْسِ: فَمِنْهُمْ مَنْ هُوَ قَوِيُّ الحَدْسِ كَثِيرُهُ، يَحْصُلُ لَهُ مِنَ المَطالِبِ أَكْثَرُها بِالحَدْسِ، كَالمُؤَيَّدِ بِالقُوَّةِ القُدْسِيَّةِ كَالحُكَماءِ وَالأَوْلِياءِ وَالأَنْبِياءِ؛ وَمِنْهُمْ مَنْ هُوَ قَلِيلُ الحَدْسِ ضَعِيفُهُ؛ وَمِنْهُمْ مَنْ لا حَدْسَ لَهُ، كَالمُنْتَهِي فِي البَلادَةِ. وَمِنْ هٰذا يُعْلَمُ أَنَّ البَداهَةَ وَالنَّظَرِيَّةَ مُخْتَلِفانِ بِالأَشْخاصِ وَالأَوْقاتِ؛ فَرُبَّ حَدْسِيٍّ عِنْدَ فاقِدِ القُوَّةِ القُدْسِيَّةِ يَكُونُ نَظَرِيًّا، وَبَدِيهِيًّا عِنْدَ صاحِبِها. وَرابِعُها المُشاهَداتُ، وَهِيَ القَضايا يُحْكَمُ فِيها بِواسِطَةِ المُشاهَدَةِ وَالإِحْساسِ، وَهِيَ تَنْقَسِمُ إِلَى قِسْمَيْنِ: الأَوَّلُ ما شُوهِدَ بِإِحْدَى الحَواسِّ الظّاهِرَةِ، وَهِيَ خَمْسٌ: الباصِرَةُ وَالسّامِعَةُ وَالشّامَّةُ وَالذّائِقَةُ وَاللّامِسَةُ، وَيُسَمَّى هٰذا القِسْمُ بِالحِسِّيّاتِ؛ وَالثّانِي ما أُدْرِكَ بِالمُدْرِكاتِ مِنَ الحَواسِّ الباطِنَةِ الَّتِي هِيَ أَيْضًا خَمْسٌ: الحِسُّ المُشْتَرَكُ المُدْرِكُ لِلصُّوَرِ، وَالخَيالُ الَّتِي هِيَ خِزانَةٌ لَهُ، وَالوَهْمُ المُدْرِكُ لِلمَعانِي الشَّخْصِيَّةِ وَالجُزْئِيَّةِ، وَالحافِظَةُ الَّتِي هِيَ خِزانَةٌ لِلمَعانِي الجُزْئِيَّةِ، وَالمُتَصَرِّفَةُ الَّتِي تَتَصَرَّفُ فِي الصُّوَرِ وَالمَعانِي بِالتَّحْلِيلِ وَالتَّرْكِيبِ، وَيُسَمَّى هٰذا القِسْمُ بِالوِجْدانِيّاتِ؛ وَمُدْرَكاتُ العَقْلِ الصِّرْفِ، أَعْنِي الكُلِّيّاتِ، غَيْرُ مُنْدَرِجٍ فِي هٰذا القِسْمِ. مِثالُ القِسْمِ الثّانِي: كَما حَكَمْنا بِأَنَّ لَنا جُوعًا أَوْ عَطَشًا. وَخامِسُها التَّجْرِبِيّاتُ، وَهِيَ قَضايا يَحْكُمُ العَقْلُ بِها بِواسِطَةِ تَكْرارِ المُشاهَدَةِ وَعَدَمِ التَّخَلُّفِ حُكْمًا كُلِّيًّا، كَالحُكْمِ بِأَنَّ شُرْبَ السَّقَمُونْيا مُسْهِلٌ لِلصَّفْراءِ. وَسادِسُها المُتَواتِراتُ، وَهِيَ قَضايا يُحْكَمُ بِها بِواسِطَةِ إِخْبارِ جَماعَةٍ يَسْتَحِيلُ العَقْلُ تَواطُؤَهُمْ عَلَى الكَذِبِ. وَاخْتَلَفُوا فِي أَقَلِّ عَدَدِ هٰذِهِ الجَماعَةِ: قِيلَ: إِنَّ أَقَلَّهُ أَرْبَعَةٌ، وَقِيلَ: عَشَرَةٌ، وَقِيلَ: أَرْبَعُونَ؛ وَالأَشْبَهُ أَنَّ هٰذا العَدَدَ يَخْتَلِفُ بِاخْتِلافِ حالِ الَّذِينَ أَخْبَرُوهُ وَاخْتِلافِ الواقِعَةِ، فَلا يَتَعَيَّنُ عَدَدٌ، وَالضّابِطَةُ أَنْ يَبْلُغَ إِلَى حَدٍّ يُفِيدُ اليَقِينَ. فَهٰذِهِ السِّتَّةُ هِيَ مَبادِي البَراهِينِ، وَمَقاطِعُ الدَّلِيلِ، وَمُنْتَهَى اليَقِينِ.

Know that is a composed of , whether self-evident (badīhī) or ones that end in them. The matter is not as has been claimed, that demonstration is composed only of self-evident . The self-evident premises are six. The first is (awwaliyyāt): in which the intellect is decisive merely by turning to them and [their terms], without needing an intermediary, as when you say: “The whole is greater than the part.” The second is innate premises (fiṭriyyāt): those that need an intermediary which is never absent from the mind. These propositions are also called “propositions that carry their proofs with them”, as in “Four is even”; for whoever conceives the concept of four, and conceives the concept of even as that which divides into two equal [parts], judges self-evidently that four is even. And as when we say: “One is half of two”; for the intellect judges this once it has considered the concept of half of two and of one. The third is premises (ḥadsiyyāt). [Intuition] is the starting points appearing all at once, without any movement of thought there. The difference between intuition (ḥads) and thinking (fikr) is that thinking requires two movements of the soul, unlike intuition. For the mind, after the thing sought has come to it in some respect, moves among the stored meanings and hidden starting points, seeking what is related to the thing sought, until it finds known items that suit it; here the first movement is complete. Then it turns back and moves a second time, ordering the stored known items it has found, step by step, until it reaches the thing sought; and the second movement is complete. The two movements together are called thinking. For example: if you have conceived the human in some respect, such as the writer and the laughing [being], and then come to seek the of the human, you move your mind towards the meanings stored with you and find animal and rational suited to what you seek; so the first movement is complete, its starting point being the thing sought, known in one respect, and its end animal and rational. Then you order animal and rational by putting animal, which is the , before rational, which is the , and say: “rational animal”. Here the second movement ends and the thing sought is obtained. In intuition, by contrast, the mind passes from the thing sought to the starting points all at once, and from them to the thing sought likewise. Intuition most often comes after longing and effort, though it may come without them. People differ in intuition: some are strong and abundant in intuition, so that most of what they seek comes to them by intuition, such as one supported by the holy power (al-quwwa al-qudsiyya), like the philosophers, the saints and the prophets; some have little and weak intuition; and some have no intuition at all, like one extreme in dullness. From this it is known that being self-evident and being acquired differ with persons and times: many an intuitive [proposition] is acquired for one who lacks the holy power and self-evident for one who has it. The fourth is (mushāhadāt): propositions judged by means of observation and sensation. They divide into two kinds. The first is what is observed by one of the outer senses, which are five: sight, hearing, smell, taste and touch; this kind is called sensory premises (ḥissiyyāt). The second is what is perceived by the perceiving faculties among the inner senses, which are also five: the common sense (al-ḥiss al-mushtarak), which perceives forms; imagination (khayāl), which is its storehouse; estimation (wahm), which perceives individual and meanings; memory (ḥāfiẓa), which is the storehouse of particular meanings; and the compositive faculty (mutaṣarrifa), which works on forms and meanings by separating and combining. This kind is called introspective premises (wijdāniyyāt). What the pure intellect perceives, I mean , does not fall under this kind. An example of the second kind: as when we judge that we have hunger or thirst. The fifth is premises (tajribiyyāt): propositions that the intellect judges with a universal judgement by means of repeated observation and [the effect] never failing to follow, like the judgement that drinking scammony purges bile. The sixth is premises (mutawātirāt): propositions judged by means of reports from a group whose agreeing on a lie the intellect deems impossible. They differ on the least number of this group: it has been said that the least is four, or ten, or forty. The likeliest view is that the number varies with the state of those who report and with the event [reported], so no number is fixed; the rule is that it reaches a point that yields certainty. These six are the starting points of demonstrations, where proof comes to rest and certainty reaches its end.

· p. 46

فائِدَةٌ

84

زَعَمَ قَوْمٌ أَنَّ المُقَدِّماتِ النَّقْلِيَّةَ لا تُسْتَعْمَلُ فِي القِياسِ البُرْهانِيِّ، ظَنًّا مِنْهُمْ أَنَّ النَّقْلَ يَتَطَرَّقُ إِلَيْهِ الغَلَطُ وَالخَطَأُ مِنْ وُجُوهٍ شَتَّى، فَكَيْفَ يَكُونُ مَبادِيَ القِياسِ البُرْهانِيِّ الَّذِي يُفِيدُ القَطْعَ؟ وَإِنَّ هٰذا الظَّنَّ إِثْمٌ؛ لِأَنَّ النَّقْلَ كَثِيرًا ما يُفِيدُ القَطْعَ إِذا رُوعِيَ فِيهِ شَرائِطُ وَانْضَمَّ إِلَيْهِ العَقْلُ. نَعَمْ، لَوْ قِيلَ: إِنَّ النَّقْلَ الصِّرْفَ بِلا اعْتِبارِ انْضِمامِ العَقْلِ مَعَهُ لا يُعْتَبَرُ وَلا يُفِيدُ، لَكانَ لَهُ وَجْهٌ.

Some have claimed that transmitted (naqliyya) are not used in a demonstrative , supposing that error and mistake creep into transmission in many ways: how, then, could they be starting points of a demonstrative syllogism, which yields certainty? This supposition is a sin, for transmission very often yields certainty when certain conditions are observed in it and the intellect is joined to it. Yes, if it were said that bare transmission, without the intellect being joined to it, is not taken into account and yields nothing, that would have some ground.

· p. 49

فَصْلٌ

85

البُرْهانُ قِسْمانِ: لِمِّيٌّ وَإِنِّيٌّ. أَمّا اللِّمِّيُّ فَهُوَ الَّذِي يَكُونُ الأَوْسَطُ فِيهِ عِلَّةً لِثُبُوتِ الأَكْبَرِ لِلأَصْغَرِ فِي الواقِعِ، كَما أَنَّهُ واسِطَةٌ فِي الحُكْمِ، يُسَمَّى بِهِ لِإِفادَتِهِ اللِّمِّيَّةَ وَالعِلِّيَّةَ. وَأَمّا الإِنِّيُّ فَهُوَ الَّذِي يَكُونُ الأَوْسَطُ فِيهِ عِلَّةً لِلحُكْمِ فِي الذِّهْنِ فَقَطْ، وَلَمْ يَكُنْ عِلَّةً فِي الواقِعِ، بَلْ قَدْ يَكُونُ مَعْلُولًا لَهُ. مِثالُ اللِّمِّيِّ قَوْلُكَ: «زَيْدٌ مَحْمُومٌ؛ لِأَنَّهُ مُتَعَفِّنُ الأَخْلاطِ، وَكُلُّ مُتَعَفِّنِ الأَخْلاطِ مَحْمُومٌ، فَزَيْدٌ مَحْمُومٌ»؛ فَكَما أَنَّ فِي هٰذا القِياسِ الأَوْسَطَ عِلَّةٌ لِثُبُوتِ الحُمَّى لِزَيْدٍ فِي ذِهْنِكَ، كَذٰلِكَ هُوَ عِلَّةٌ لِوُجُودِ الحُمَّى فِي الواقِعِ. وَمِثالُ الإِنِّيِّ قَوْلُكَ: «زَيْدٌ مُتَعَفِّنُ الأَخْلاطِ؛ لِأَنَّهُ مَحْمُومٌ، وَكُلُّ مَحْمُومٍ مُتَعَفِّنُ الأَخْلاطِ، فَزَيْدٌ مُتَعَفِّنُ الأَخْلاطِ»؛ فَوُجُودُ الحُمَّى عِلَّةٌ لِثُبُوتِ كَوْنِهِ مُتَعَفِّنَ الأَخْلاطِ فِي ذِهْنِكَ، وَلَيْسَ عِلَّةً فِي نَفْسِ الأَمْرِ، بَلْ عَسَى أَنْ يَكُونَ الأَمْرُ فِي الواقِعِ بِالعَكْسِ.

is of two kinds: limmī and innī. The limmī is the one in which the is the cause of the holding of the in , just as it is the intermediary in the judgement; it is so called because it gives the limmiyya [the “why”], that is, the cause. The innī is the one in which the middle term is the cause of the judgement in the mind only, and is not the cause in reality; rather, it may be its effect. An example of the limmī is your saying: “Zayd is feverish, because his humours are putrefied; and everyone whose humours are putrefied is feverish; so Zayd is feverish.” Just as in this the middle term is the cause of fever being established for Zayd in your mind, so it is the cause of the fever's existing in reality. An example of the innī is your saying: “Zayd's humours are putrefied, because he is feverish; and everyone feverish has putrefied humours; so Zayd's humours are putrefied.” The existence of the fever is the cause, in your mind, of its being established that his humours are putrefied, but it is not the cause in the thing itself (nafs al-amr); rather, in reality the matter may well be the reverse.

· p. 50

Lesson 21 · Dialectic, rhetoric, poetics and sophistry

الجَدَلُ وَالخَطابَةُ وَالشِّعْرُ وَالمُغالَطَةُ

فَصْلٌ

86

القِياسُ الجَدَلِيُّ قِياسٌ مُرَكَّبٌ مِنْ مُقَدِّماتٍ مَشْهُورَةٍ أَوْ مُسَلَّمَةٍ عِنْدَ الخَصْمِ، صادِقَةً كانَتْ أَوْ كاذِبَةً. وَالأَوَّلُ ما تَطابَقَ فِيهِ آراءُ قَوْمٍ: إِمّا لِمَصْلَحَةٍ عامَّةٍ، نَحْوُ: «العَدْلُ حَسَنٌ» وَ«الظُّلْمُ قَبِيحٌ» وَ«قَتْلُ السّارِقِ واجِبٌ»؛ أَوْ لِرِقَّةٍ قَلْبِيَّةٍ، كَقَوْلِ أَهْلِ الهِنْدِ: «ذَبْحُ الحَيَوانِ مَذْمُومٌ»؛ أَوِ انْفِعالاتٍ خُلُقِيَّةٍ أَوْ مِزاجِيَّةٍ؛ فَإِنَّ لِلأَمْزِجَةِ وَالعاداتِ دَخْلًا عَظِيمًا فِي الاعْتِقاداتِ، فَأَصْحابُ الأَمْزِجَةِ الشَّدِيدَةِ يَرَوْنَ الانْتِقامَ مِنْ أَهْلِ الشَّرارَةِ حَسَنًا، وَأَصْحابُ الأَمْزِجَةِ اللَّيِّنَةِ يَرَوْنَ العَفْوَ خَيْرًا؛ وَلِذٰلِكَ تَرَى النّاسَ مُخْتَلِفِينَ فِي العاداتِ وَالرُّسُومِ، وَلِكُلِّ قَوْمٍ مَشْهُوراتٌ خاصَّةٌ بِهِمْ، وَكَذا لِكُلِّ صِناعَةٍ؛ فَمِنْ مَشْهُوراتِ النَّحْوِيِّينَ: «الفاعِلُ مَرْفُوعٌ، وَالمَفْعُولُ مَنْصُوبٌ، وَالمُضافُ إِلَيْهِ مَجْرُورٌ»، وَمِنْ مَشْهُوراتِ الأُصُولِيِّينَ: «الأَمْرُ لِلوُجُوبِ». وَالثّانِي ما يُؤَلَّفُ مِنَ المُسَلَّماتِ بَيْنَ المُتَخاصِمَيْنِ. وَلِلمَشْهُوراتِ شَبَهٌ بِالأَوَّلِيّاتِ، وَتَجْرِيدُ الذِّهْنِ وَتَدْقِيقُ النَّظَرِ يُفَرِّقُ بَيْنَهُما. وَالغَرَضُ مِنْ صِناعَةِ الجَدَلِ إِلْزامُ الخَصْمِ وَحِفْظُ الرَّأْيِ.

The dialectical is a syllogism composed of that are widely accepted (mashhūra) or conceded (musallama) by the opponent, whether they are true or false. The first are those on which the views of a people agree: either because of a common interest, as in “Justice is good”, “Injustice is bad” and “Killing the thief is obligatory”; or out of tenderness of heart, as in the saying of the people of India: “Slaughtering animals is blameworthy”; or because of affections of character or temperament. For temperaments and customs have a great share in beliefs: people of fierce temperament regard taking revenge on evildoers as good, and people of gentle temperament regard forgiveness as better. That is why you see people differing in customs and usages; every people has widely accepted premises of its own, and so does every . Among the widely accepted premises of the grammarians are: “The agent is in the nominative, the object in the accusative, and the second term of a genitive construction in the genitive”; and among those of the scholars of legal theory (uṣūliyyūn): “A command indicates obligation.” The second are those composed of what is conceded between the two disputants. Widely accepted premises resemble ; freeing the mind [of such influences] and careful tell them apart. The purpose of the art of is to bind the opponent [to a concession] and to protect one's view.

· p. 50

فَصْلٌ

87

القِياسُ الخَطابِيُّ قِياسٌ مُفِيدٌ لِلظَّنِّ، وَمُقَدِّماتُهُ مَقْبُولاتٌ مَأْخُوذاتٌ مِمَّنْ يُحْسَنُ الظَّنُّ فِيهِمْ، كَالأَوْلِياءِ وَالحُكَماءِ. وَأَمّا المَأْخُوذاتُ مِنَ الأَنْبِياءِ عَلَيْهِمْ وَعَلَى نَبِيِّنا الصَّلاةُ وَالسَّلامُ، فَلَيْسَتْ مِنَ الخَطابَةِ؛ لِأَنَّها أَخْبارٌ صادِقَةٌ مِنْ مُخْبِرٍ صادِقٍ دَلَّ عَلَى صِدْقِهِ المُعْجِزَةُ، وَلا مَجالَ لِلوَهْمِ فِيها حَتَّى يَتَطَرَّقَ إِلَيْها الخَطَأُ وَالخَلَلُ، فَالقِياسُ المُرَكَّبُ مِنْها بُرْهانِيٌّ قَطْعِيُّ المُقَدِّماتِ؛ أَوْ مَظْنُوناتٌ يُحْكَمُ فِيها بِسَبَبِ الرُّجْحانِ، وَيَنْدَرِجُ فِيها الحَدْسِيّاتُ وَالتَّجْرِبِيّاتُ وَالمُتَواتِراتُ الَّتِي لَمْ تَبْلُغْ إِلَى حَدِّ الجَزْمِ، بِسَبَبِ عَدَمِ شُعُورِ العِلَّةِ، أَوْ عَدَمِ بُلُوغِ عَدَدِ المُخْبِرِينَ إِلَى مَبْلَغِ التَّواتُرِ. وَلِهٰذِهِ الصِّناعَةِ مَنْفَعَةٌ عَظِيمَةٌ فِي تَنْظِيمِ أُمُورِ المَعاشِ وَتَنْسِيقِ أَحْكامِ المَعادِ، إِمّا بِاسْتِعْمالِها أَوْ بِالاحْتِرازِ عَنْها؛ وَلِذٰلِكَ كِبارُ الحُكَماءِ يَسْتَعْمِلُونَ تِلْكَ الصِّناعَةَ كَثِيرًا، وَيَعِظُونَ بِالكَلامِ الخَطابِيِّ جَمًّا غَفِيرًا، لا بُدَّ أَنْ تَكُونَ المُقَدِّماتُ المُسْتَعْمَلَةُ فِيها مُقْنِعَةً لِلسّامِعِينَ، مُفِيدَةً لِلواعِظِينَ.

The rhetorical is a syllogism that yields opinion (ẓann). Its are either accepted premises (maqbūlāt), taken from people of whom one thinks well, like the saints and the philosophers. Those taken from the prophets, upon them and upon our Prophet be blessings and peace, are not , because they are true reports from a truthful reporter whose truthfulness is shown by the miracle; there is no room in them for estimation such that error and defect could creep into them. So a syllogism composed of them is demonstrative, with premises that are certain. Or [its premises are] probable premises (maẓnūnāt), judged on account of their preponderance. Under these fall , and premises that have not reached the level of firm conviction, because the cause is not perceived or because the number of reporters has not reached the extent of wide transmission (tawātur). This has great benefit in ordering the affairs of this life and arranging the rulings of the life to come, either by using it or by guarding against it. That is why the great philosophers use this art often and admonish great crowds with rhetorical speech. The premises used in it must be persuasive to the listeners and useful to those who admonish.

· p. 51

فَصْلٌ

88

القِياسُ الشِّعْرِيُّ قِياسٌ مُؤَلَّفٌ مِنَ المُخَيَّلاتِ، الصّادِقَةِ أَوِ الكاذِبَةِ، المُسْتَحِيلَةِ أَوِ المُمْكِنَةِ، المُؤَثِّرَةِ فِي النَّفْسِ قَبْضًا وَبَسْطًا؛ وَلِلنَّفْسِ مُطاوَعَةٌ لِلتَّخْيِيلِ كَمُطاوَعَتِهِ لِلتَّصْدِيقِ، بَلْ أَشَدُّ مِنْهُ. وَالغَرَضُ مِنْ هٰذِهِ الصِّناعَةِ أَنْ تَنْفَعِلَ النَّفْسُ بِالتَّرْهِيبِ وَالتَّرْغِيبِ. وَاشْتُرِطَ فِي الشِّعْرِ أَنْ يَكُونَ الكَلامُ جارِيًا عَلَى قانُونِ اللُّغَةِ، مُشْتَمِلًا عَلَى اسْتِعاراتٍ بَدِيعَةٍ رائِقَةٍ، وَتَشْبِيهاتٍ أَنِيقَةٍ فائِقَةٍ، بِحَيْثُ يُؤَثِّرُ فِي النَّفْسِ تَأْثِيرًا عَجِيبًا، وَيُورِثُ فِيها حالًا يُوجِبُ تَرَحًا أَوْ فَرَحًا، ثُمَّ لا يَجُوزُ فِيهِ اسْتِعْمالُ الأَوَّلِيّاتِ الصّادِقَةِ، وَيُسْتَحْسَنُ اسْتِعْمالُ المُخَيَّلاتِ الكاذِبَةِ، كَما قالَ العارِفُ الگَنْجَوِيُّ مُخاطِبًا لِوَلَدِهِ وَفِلْذَةِ كَبِدِهِ، بَيْتٌ: «در شعر مپیچ و در فن او * چون اکذب اوست احسن او». وَكَقَوْلِ القائِلِ يَصِفُ الخَنْدَرِيسَ: «لَها البَدْرُ كَأْسٌ وَهْيَ شَمْسٌ يُدِيرُها * هِلالٌ، وَكَمْ يَبْدُو إِذا مُزِجَتْ نَجْمُ». وَقالَ الشّاعِرُ، شِعْرٌ: «لا تَعْجَبُوا مِنْ بِلَى غِلالَتِهِ * قَدْ زُرَّ أَزْرارُهُ عَلَى القَمَرِ»؛ فَشَبَّهَ المَحْبُوبَ بِالقَمَرِ، وَقالَ: لا تَعْجَبُوا مِنِ انْشِقاقِ غِلالَتِهِ؛ لِأَنَّهُ قَمَرٌ زُرَّ عَلَيْهِ الغِلالَةُ، وَكُلُّ قَمَرٍ كَذٰلِكَ فَغِلالَتُهُ تَنْشَقُّ، يُنْتِجُ: غِلالَةُ المَحْبُوبِ تَنْشَقُّ. وَقَدْ يُنْتِجُ اجْتِماعَ النَّقِيضَيْنِ، نَحْوُ: «أَنا مُضْمِرُ الحَوائِجِ بِاللِّسانِ، مُظْهِرُها بِالمَدامِعِ، وَكُلُّ مُضْمِرِ الحَوائِجِ صامِتٌ، وَكُلُّ مُظْهِرِها مُتَكَلِّمٌ»، يُنْتِجُ: «أَنا صامِتٌ مُتَكَلِّمٌ». وَلا يُشْتَرَطُ الوَزْنُ فِي الشِّعْرِ عِنْدَ أَرْبابِ المِيزانِ، نَعَمْ يُفِيدُهُ حُسْنًا، وَالكَلامُ الشِّعْرِيُّ إِذا أُنْشِدَ بِصَوْتٍ طَيِّبٍ ازْدادَ تَأْثِيرُهُ فِي النُّفُوسِ، حَتَّى رُبَّما يُزِيلُ فَرْطُ البَهْجَةِ العَمائِمَ عَنِ الرُّؤُوسِ. وَالأَوائِلُ مِنَ الحُكَماءِ اليُونانِيِّينَ كانُوا أَحْرَصَ النّاسِ عَلَى الشِّعْرِ.

The poetic is a syllogism composed of (mukhayyalāt), true or false, impossible or possible, that affect the soul with contraction or expansion. The soul yields to imaginative evocation (takhyīl) as it yields to , and even more. The purpose of this is that the soul be moved by deterrence and enticement. It is stipulated in poetry that the speech run according to the rules of the language and contain fine, pleasing metaphors and elegant, excellent similes, so that it affects the soul in a wondrous way and produces in it a state that brings sorrow or joy. Moreover, the use of true is not allowed in it, and the use of false imaginative premises is considered good, as the gnostic of Ganja [Niẓāmī] said, addressing his son, his own flesh and blood (literally “the piece of his liver”), in a verse: “در شعر مپیچ و در فن او * چون اکذب اوست احسن او” [“Do not get entangled in poetry and its craft, / since the most false of it is the finest of it”]. And as in the words of one who describes old wine: “لَها البَدْرُ كَأْسٌ وَهْيَ شَمْسٌ يُدِيرُها * هِلالٌ، وَكَمْ يَبْدُو إِذا مُزِجَتْ نَجْمُ” [“The full moon is her cup, and she is a sun that a crescent passes round; / and how many a star appears when she is mixed!”]. And the poet said, in verse: “لا تَعْجَبُوا مِنْ بِلَى غِلالَتِهِ * قَدْ زُرَّ أَزْرارُهُ عَلَى القَمَرِ” [“Do not wonder that his shirt wears through: / its buttons have been fastened over the moon”]. He likened the beloved to the moon and said: do not wonder that his shirt splits, because he is a moon over whom the shirt has been buttoned, and every moon of that kind has its shirt split; this produces: the beloved's shirt splits. It may even produce the coming together of two contradictories, as in: “I conceal my needs with my tongue and reveal them with my tears; everyone who conceals his needs is silent, and everyone who reveals them speaks”, which produces “I am silent and speaking.” Metre is not a condition of poetry for the masters of the balance [the ], though it does lend it beauty. When poetic speech is recited with a pleasing voice, its effect on souls increases, until excess of delight sometimes knocks the turbans off heads. The first of the Greek philosophers were the most devoted of people to poetry.

· p. 52

فَصْلٌ

89

القِياسُ السَّفْسَطِيُّ، وَهُوَ قِياسٌ مُرَكَّبٌ مِنَ الوَهْمِيّاتِ الكاذِبَةِ المُخْتَرَعَةِ لِلوَهْمِ، كَقِياسِ غَيْرِ المَحْسُوسِ عَلَى المَحْسُوسِ، نَحْوُ: «كُلُّ مَوْجُودٍ مُشارٌ إِلَيْهِ». وَلِلوَهْمِيّاتِ مُشابَهَةٌ شَدِيدَةٌ بِالأَوَّلِيّاتِ، وَلَوْلا رَدُّ العَقْلِ وَالشَّرْعِ حُكْمَ الوَهْمِ لَدامَ الالْتِباسُ بَيْنَهُما؛ أَوْ مِنَ الكاذِبَةِ المُشَبَّهاتِ بِالصّادِقَةِ، وَهِيَ قَضايا يَعْتَقِدُها العَقْلُ بِأَنَّها أَوَّلِيَّةٌ أَوْ مَشْهُورَةٌ أَوْ مَقْبُولَةٌ أَوْ مُسَلَّمَةٌ، لِمَكانِ الاشْتِباهِ بِها لَفْظًا أَوْ مَعْنًى، فَتُوقِعُ فِي الغَلَطِ. وَهٰذِهِ الصِّناعَةُ كاذِبَةٌ مُمَوَّهَةٌ، غَيْرُ نافِعَةٍ بِالذّاتِ، نَعَمْ نافِعَةٌ بِالعَرَضِ، بِأَنَّ صاحِبَها لا يَغْلَطُ وَلا يُغالَطُ، وَيَقْدِرُ عَلَى أَنْ يُغالِطَ غَيْرَهُ، وَأَنْ يَمْتَحِنَ بِها أَوْ يُعانِدَهُ. وَصاحِبُ هٰذِهِ الصِّناعَةِ إِنْ قابَلَ الحَكِيمَ يُسَمَّى سُوفِسْطائِيًّا، فَهٰذِهِ الصِّناعَةُ سَفْسَطَةٌ، أَيْ حِكْمَةٌ مُمَوَّهَةٌ مُلَمَّعَةٌ، وَإِلّا فَيُسَمَّى مُشاغِبِيًّا، وَهٰذِهِ مُشاغَبَةٌ، وَعَلَى التَّقْدِيرَيْنِ فَصاحِبُهُ غالِطٌ فِي نَفْسِهِ، مُغالِطٌ لِغَيْرِهِ، وَصِناعَتُهُ مُغالَطَةٌ، وَهِيَ قِياسٌ فاسِدٌ: إِمّا مِنْ جِهَةِ المادَّةِ فَقَطْ، أَوْ مِنْ جِهَةِ الصُّورَةِ فَقَطْ، أَوْ كِلَيْهِما.

The sophistical is a syllogism composed of false (wahmiyyāt), invented by estimation, like judging what is not sensible by with what is sensible, as in “Everything existent can be pointed to.” Estimative premises bear a strong resemblance to ; were it not that the intellect and the revealed law reject the judgement of estimation, the confusion between them would last. Or [it is composed] of false premises that resemble true ones (mushabbahāt): the intellect believes to be first principles, or widely accepted, or accepted, or conceded, because they resemble these in wording or in meaning, and so they lead into error. This is false and counterfeit, not useful in itself, though useful incidentally: one who has it neither errs nor is led into error, and he is able to lead others into error and to test them with it or contend against them. If one who has this art opposes the philosopher [with it], he is called a sophist (sūfisṭāʾī), and this art is sophistics (safsaṭa), that is, a counterfeit, glossed-over philosophy (ḥikma); otherwise he is called a wrangler (mushāghibī), and this is wrangling (mushāghaba). On either assumption the one who has it is himself in error and leads others into error, and his art is (mughālaṭa). It is a corrupt syllogism, either on the side of matter only, or on the side of form only, or both.

· p. 53

Lesson 22 · The causes of error

أَسْبابُ الغَلَطِ

فَصْلٌ فِي أَسْبابِ الغَلَطِ

90

اعْلَمْ أَنَّ أَسْبابَ الغَلَطِ مَعَ كَثْرَتِها راجِعَةٌ إِلَى أَمْرَيْنِ: أَحَدُهُما سُوءُ الفَهْمِ فَقَطْ، وَثانِيهِما اشْتِباهُ الكَواذِبِ بِالصَّوادِقِ. وَالأَوَّلُ إِنَّما يَكُونُ بِسَبَبِ انْغِماسِ النَّفْسِ فِي ظُلُماتِ الوَهْمِ، حَتَّى يَسْتَيْقِنَ الكَواذِبَ صادِقَةً بَلْ ضَرُورِيَّةً، نَحْوُ: «كُلُّ ما لَيْسَ بِمُبْصَرٍ لَيْسَ بِجِسْمٍ، فَالهَواءُ لَيْسَ بِجِسْمٍ». وَأَمّا الثّانِي فَفِيهِ تَفْصِيلٌ عَلَى ما سَيَأْتِي. وَقالَ بَعْضُ المُحَقِّقِينَ: تَرْجِعُ إِلَى أَمْرٍ واحِدٍ، وَهُوَ عَدَمُ التَّمْيِيزِ بَيْنَ الشَّيْءِ وَشِبْهِهِ فَقَطْ.

Know that the causes of error, many as they are, come back to two things: the first is mere misunderstanding, and the second is false [] being mistaken for true ones. The first comes about only through the soul's immersion in the darkness of estimation, until it takes false propositions to be certainly true, or even necessary, as in: “Everything that is not visible is not a body, so air is not a body.” As for the second, it has a detailed account, as will come. One of the verifying scholars said: they come back to a single thing, namely failing to distinguish between a thing and what resembles it, and nothing else.

· p. 54

فَصْلٌ

91

عَدَمُ التَّمْيِيزِ بَيْنَ الشَّيْءِ وَشِبْهِهِ يَنْقَسِمُ إِلَى ما يَتَعَلَّقُ بِالأَلْفاظِ وَإِلَى ما يَتَعَلَّقُ بِالمَعانِي. القِسْمُ الأَوَّلُ، أَعْنِي ما يَتَعَلَّقُ بِالأَلْفاظِ، قِسْمانِ: الأَوَّلُ ما يَتَعَلَّقُ بِالأَلْفاظِ لا مِنْ جِهَةِ التَّرْكِيبِ، وَالثّانِي ما يَتَعَلَّقُ بِها مِنْ حَيْثُ التَّرْكِيبُ. ثُمَّ المُتَعَلِّقُ بِالأَلْفاظِ لا مِنْ جِهَةِ التَّرْكِيبِ قِسْمانِ: الأَوَّلُ ما يَتَعَلَّقُ بِالأَلْفاظِ أَنْفُسِها، وَذٰلِكَ بِأَنْ يَكُونَ الأَلْفاظُ مُخْتَلِفَةً فِي الدَّلالَةِ، فَيَقَعُ فِيهِ الاشْتِباهُ فِيما هُوَ المَرامُ، كَالغَلَطِ الواقِعِ بِسَبَبِ كَوْنِ اللَّفْظِ مُشْتَرَكًا لَفْظِيًّا بَيْنَ مَعْنَيَيْنِ أَوْ أَكْثَرَ، وَكَوْنِ أَحَدِ مَعانِيهِ حَقِيقِيًّا وَالأُخَرِ مَجازِيًّا، وَيَنْدَرِجُ فِيهِ الاسْتِعارَةُ وَأَمْثالُها، وَكُلُّ ذٰلِكَ يُسَمَّى بِالاشْتِراكِ اللَّفْظِيِّ. كَما تَقُولُ لِعَيْنِ الماءِ: «هٰذِهِ عَيْنٌ، وَكُلُّ عَيْنٍ يَسْتَضِيءُ بِها العالَمُ، فَهٰذِهِ العَيْنُ يَسْتَضِيءُ بِها العالَمُ»؛ أَوْ تَقُولُ: «زَيْدٌ أَسَدٌ، وَكُلُّ أَسَدٍ لَهُ مَخالِبُ، فَزَيْدٌ لَهُ مَخالِبُ». وَالغَلَطُ فِي الأَوَّلِ كَوْنُ لَفْظِ العَيْنِ مُشْتَرَكًا لَفْظِيًّا بَيْنَ عَيْنِ الماءِ وَالشَّمْسِ، وَفِي الثّانِي كَوْنُ إِطْلاقِ لَفْظِ الأَسَدِ عَلَى زَيْدٍ مَجازِيًّا، وَعَلَى الحَيَوانِ المُفْتَرِسِ حَقِيقِيًّا. وَالثّانِي ما يَتَعَلَّقُ بِالأَلْفاظِ بِسَبَبِ التَّصْرِيفِ، كَالاشْتِباهِ الواقِعِ فِي لَفْظِ المُخْتارِ؛ فَإِنَّهُ إِذا كانَ بِمَعْنَى الفاعِلِ كانَ أَصْلُهُ مُخْتَيِرًا بِكَسْرِ الياءِ، وَإِذا كانَ بِمَعْنَى المَفْعُولِ كانَ أَصْلُهُ مُخْتَيَرًا بِفَتْحِها؛ أَوْ بِسَبَبِ الإِعْجامِ وَالإِعْرابِ، كَما يَقُولُ القائِلُ: «غلام حسن» مِنْ غَيْرِ إِعْرابٍ، فَيُظَنُّ تارَةً تَرْكِيبًا تَوْصِيفِيًّا، وَالأُخْرَى تَرْكِيبًا إِضافِيًّا. وَالمُتَعَلِّقُ بِالأَلْفاظِ مِنْ جِهَةِ التَّرْكِيبِ: فَإِمّا بِالنَّظَرِ إِلَى اخْتِلافِ المَرْجِعِ، نَحْوُ: «ما يَعْلَمُهُ الحَكِيمُ فَهُوَ يَعْمَلُ بِما يَعْلَمُهُ»، فَإِنْ عادَ الضَّمِيرُ إِلَى الحَكِيمِ صَدَقَ، وَإِلّا كَذَبَ؛ وَإِمّا بِإِفْرادِ المُرَكَّبِ، نَحْوُ: «النّارَنْجُ حُلْوٌ حامِضٌ» صادِقٌ، وَإِنْ أُفْرِدَ وَقِيلَ: «هٰذا حُلْوٌ وَحامِضٌ» لَمْ يَصْدُقْ؛ وَإِمّا بِجَمْعِ المُنْفَصِلِ، نَحْوُ: «زَيْدٌ طَبِيبٌ وَماهِرٌ» صَدَقَ، وَإِنْ جُمِعَ وَقِيلَ: «طَبِيبٌ ماهِرٌ» كَذَبَ.

Failing to distinguish between a thing and what resembles it divides into what concerns and what concerns meanings. The first kind, I mean what concerns utterances, is of two kinds: the first concerns utterances not with respect to their composition, and the second concerns them with respect to composition. Then what concerns utterances not with respect to composition is of two kinds. The first concerns the utterances themselves: the utterances differ in what they signify, so that confusion arises about what is meant. An example is the error that arises because an utterance is equivocal (mushtarak lafẓī) between two or more meanings, or because one of its meanings is literal and the others figurative; under this fall metaphor and the like, and all of this is called equivocity (al-ishtirāk al-lafẓī). As when you say of a spring of water: “This is an ʿayn, and by every ʿayn the world is lit; so by this ʿayn the world is lit”; or you say: “Zayd is a lion, and every lion has claws; so Zayd has claws.” The error in the first is that the word ʿayn is equivocal between a spring of water and the sun; in the second, that applying the word “lion” to Zayd is figurative, while applying it to the predatory animal is literal. The second concerns utterances because of their morphology (taṣrīf), like the confusion that arises in the word mukhtār: when it has the sense of the active participle, its underlying form is mukhtayir, with i on the yāʾ, and when it has the sense of the passive participle, its underlying form is mukhtayar, with a on it. Or [it arises] because of dotting and case endings, as when someone says “غلام حسن” (ghulām ḥasan) without case endings, and it is taken at one time as a noun with its adjective [“a handsome boy”] and at another as a genitive construction [“Ḥasan's boy”]. What concerns utterances with respect to composition is either due to a difference in what [a pronoun] refers back to, as in “Whatever the philosopher knows, he acts on what he knows”: if the pronoun refers back to the philosopher, it is true; otherwise it is false. Or it is due to separating what is compound, as in “The bitter orange is sweet-sour”, which is true; but if it is separated and one says “This is sweet, and [it is] sour”, it is not true. Or it is due to combining what is separate, as in “Zayd is a physician, and [he is] skilled”, which is true; but if it is combined and one says “[He is] a skilled physician”, it is false.

· p. 54

Lesson 23 · Fallacies in the meaning

الأَغالِيطُ مِنْ جِهَةِ المَعْنَى

فَصْلٌ فِي الأَغالِيطِ الَّتِي تَقَعُ بِسَبَبِ المَعْنَى

92

وَهٰذا أَيْضًا أَقْسامٌ؛ لِأَنَّها إِمّا مِنْ جِهَةِ المادَّةِ أَوْ مِنْ جِهَةِ الصُّورَةِ. أَمّا الَّتِي مِنْ جِهَةِ المادَّةِ: كَما يَكُونُ بِحَيْثُ إِذا رُتِّبَ المَعانِي فِيهِ عَلَى وَجْهٍ يَكُونُ صادِقًا لَمْ يَكُنْ قِياسًا، وَإِذا رُتِّبَ عَلَى وَجْهٍ يَكُونُ قِياسًا لَمْ يَكُنْ صادِقًا، كَقَوْلِكَ: «الإِنْسانُ ناطِقٌ مِنْ حَيْثُ هُوَ ناطِقٌ، وَلا شَيْءَ مِنَ النّاطِقِ مِنْ حَيْثُ هُوَ ناطِقٌ بِحَيَوانٍ، فَلا شَيْءَ مِنَ الإِنْسانِ بِحَيَوانٍ»؛ إِذْ مَعَ اعْتِبارِ قَيْدِ «مِنْ حَيْثُ هُوَ ناطِقٌ» يَكْذِبُ الصُّغْرَى، وَمَعَ حَذْفِهِ عَنْها يَكْذِبُ الكُبْرَى، وَإِنْ حُذِفَ مِنَ الصُّغْرَى وَأُثْبِتَ فِي الكُبْرَى يَلْزَمُ اخْتِلالُ هَيْئَةِ القِياسِ لِعَدَمِ الاشْتِراكِ. وَأَمّا الَّتِي مِنْ جِهَةِ الصُّورَةِ فَكَما يَكُونُ عَلَى هَيْئَةٍ غَيْرِ ناتِجَةٍ، وَجَمِيعُ ذٰلِكَ سُوءُ التَّأْلِيفِ، كَقَوْلِ القائِلِ: «الزَّمانُ مُحِيطٌ بِالحَوادِثِ، وَالفَلَكُ مُحِيطٌ بِها أَيْضًا»، يُنْتِجُ: «فَالزَّمانُ هُوَ الفَلَكُ»، وَهُوَ شَكْلٌ ثانٍ، وَقَدْ فاتَ فِيهِ شَرْطُ اخْتِلافِ المُقَدِّمَتَيْنِ إِيجابًا وَسَلْبًا؛ لِكَوْنِهِما مُوجَبَتَيْنِ هٰهُنا. وَالآنَ نَذْكُرُ بَعْضَ المُغالَطاتِ الَّتِي سَبَبُ وُقُوعِها فَسادُ الصُّورَةِ، فَنَقُولُ: مِنَ المُغالَطاتِ الصُّورِيَّةِ المُصادَرَةُ عَلَى المَطْلُوبِ، نَحْوُ: «زَيْدٌ إِنْسانٌ؛ لِأَنَّهُ بَشَرٌ، وَكُلُّ بَشَرٍ إِنْسانٌ». وَمِنْها أَخْذُ ما بِالعَرَضِ مَكانَ ما بِالذّاتِ، نَحْوُ: «الجالِسُ فِي السَّفِينَةِ مُتَحَرِّكٌ، وَكُلُّ مُتَحَرِّكٍ لا يَثْبُتُ فِي مَوْضِعٍ واحِدٍ». وَمِنْها أَنْ لا يَتَكَرَّرَ الأَوْسَطُ بِتَمامِهِ، كَما يُقالُ: «الإِنْسانُ لَهُ شَعْرٌ، وَكُلُّ شَعْرٍ يَنْبُتُ»، يُنْتِجُ: «الإِنْسانُ يَنْبُتُ»؛ فَإِنَّ الأَوْسَطَ «لَهُ الشَّعْرُ»، وَلَمْ يُجْعَلْ بِتَمامِهِ مَوْضُوعَ الكُبْرَى. وَمِنْها أَنْ لا يَكُونَ الأَوْسَطُ مُتَشابِهًا فِي المُقَدِّمَتَيْنِ لِاخْتِلافِهِ بِالقُوَّةِ وَالفِعْلِ، نَحْوُ: «السّاكِتُ مُتَكَلِّمٌ، وَالمُتَكَلِّمُ لَيْسَ بِساكِتٍ»، يُنْتِجُ: «السّاكِتُ لَيْسَ بِساكِتٍ». وَمِنْها اخْتِلالُ التَّرْكِيبِ بِسَبَبِ شَكٍّ وَقَعَ بِأَنَّ القَيْدَ مِنَ المَوْضُوعِ أَوْ مِنَ المَحْمُولِ، كَقَوْلِهِمْ: «الإِنْسانُ وَحْدَهُ ضاحِكٌ، وَكُلُّ ضاحِكٍ حَيَوانٌ»، يُنْتِجُ: «الإِنْسانُ وَحْدَهُ حَيَوانٌ»؛ وَالغَلَطُ إِنَّما نَشَأَ مِنْ تَوَهُّمِ أَنَّ لَفْظَ «وَحْدَهُ» جُزْءٌ مِنَ المَوْضُوعِ، وَلَوْ جُعِلَ جُزْءًا مِنَ المَحْمُولِ وَقِيلَ: «الإِنْسانُ هُوَ وَحْدَهُ ضاحِكٌ، وَكُلُّ ما هُوَ وَحْدَهُ ضاحِكٌ فَهُوَ حَيَوانٌ» لَصَدَقَتِ النَّتِيجَةُ؛ لِأَنَّها إِذْ ذاكَ «الإِنْسانُ حَيَوانٌ»؛ فَالغَلَطُ فِي هٰذا المِثالِ بِسَبَبِ سُوءِ اعْتِبارِ الحَمْلِ. وَمِنْها أَنْ لا يَكُونَ الأَكْبَرُ مَحْمُولًا عَلَى جَمِيعِ أَفْرادِ الأَوْسَطِ فِي الكُبْرَى، وَذٰلِكَ كَما تَقُولُ: «كُلُّ إِنْسانٍ حَيَوانٌ، وَالحَيَوانُ عامٌّ أَوْ جِنْسٌ أَوْ مَقُولٌ عَلَى كَثِيرِينَ مُخْتَلِفِي الحَقِيقَةِ»، فَيُنْتِجُ: «كُلُّ إِنْسانٍ عامٌّ أَوْ جِنْسٌ أَوْ مَقُولٌ عَلَى كَثِيرِينَ مُخْتَلِفِي الحَقِيقَةِ»، وَهُوَ باطِلٌ قَطْعًا، وَالسَّبَبُ فِي الغَلَطِ إِنَّما هُوَ إِهْمالُ كُلِّيَّةِ الكُبْرَى؛ إِذِ الكُبْرَى طَبِيعِيَّةٌ فَلا يَتَعَدَّى الحُكْمُ. وَمِنْها يَقَعُ بِسَبَبِ تَقَدُّمِ الرَّوابِطِ وَتَأَخُّرِها عَنِ السُّلُوبِ، وَكَذا تَقَدُّمِ الجِهَةِ عَلَى السُّلُوبِ وَتَأَخُّرِها عَنْها، نَحْوُ: «زَيْدٌ لَيْسَ هُوَ بِقائِمٍ» وَ«زَيْدٌ هُوَ لَيْسَ بِقائِمٍ»، وَ«بِالضَّرُورَةِ أَنْ لا يَكُونَ» وَ«لَيْسَ بِالضَّرُورَةِ أَنْ يَكُونَ»، وَلا يَلْزَمُ أَنْ يَكُونَ يَلْزَمُ أَنْ لا يَكُونَ، وَتَكَثُّرُ السُّلُوبِ مِنْ هٰذا البابِ؛ فَإِنَّ مَراتِبَ الشَّفْعِيَّةِ، كَسَلْبِ سَلْبٍ وَسَلْبِ سَلْبِ سَلْبِ سَلْبٍ، إِثْباتٌ، وَالوَتْرِيَّةَ، كَسَلْبِ سَلْبِ السَّلْبِ وَغَيْرِها، سَلْبٌ. وَمِنْها أَخْذُ الاعْتِباراتِ الذِّهْنِيَّةِ وَالمَحْمُولاتِ العَقْلِيَّةِ أُمُورًا عَيْنِيَّةً، كَما إِذا قِيلَ: «إِنَّ الإِنْسانَ كُلِّيٌّ»، فَيُظَنُّ أَنَّهُ فِي الأَعْيانِ كَذٰلِكَ، وَلَيْسَ هٰذا الظَّنُّ بِصَوابٍ؛ فَإِنَّ الكُلِّيَّةَ إِنَّما تَعْرِضُ الأَشْياءَ فِي الذِّهْنِ دُونَ الخارِجِ. وَمِنْ هٰذا التَّحْقِيقِ يَنْحَلُّ أُغْلُوطَةٌ أُخْرَى، تَقْرِيرُها أَنْ يُقالَ: «المُمْتَنِعُ مَوْجُودٌ؛ لِأَنَّهُ إِنِ امْتَنَعَ شَيْءٌ فِي الخارِجِ لَكانَ امْتِناعُهُ حاصِلًا فِي الخارِجِ، فَيَكُونُ المُمْتَنِعُ مَوْجُودًا فِي الخارِجِ»، فَيَلْزَمُ وُجُودُ المُمْتَنِعِ، وَهُوَ باطِلٌ قَطْعًا. وَجْهُ الانْحِلالِ أَنَّ الامْتِناعَ اعْتِبارٌ ذِهْنِيٌّ، لا يَلْزَمُ مِنِ اتِّصافِ شَيْءٍ بِهِ وُجُودُهُ فِي الخارِجِ لِيَلْزَمَ وُجُودُ المُتَّصِفِ بِهِ فِي الخارِجِ. وَمِنْها أَخْذُ مِثالِ الشَّيْءِ مَكانَهُ، كَما تَقُولُ لِمِثالِ النّارِ: «إِنَّهُ نارٌ، وَكُلُّ نارٍ مُحْرِقٌ، فَهُوَ مُحْرِقٌ»؛ وَهٰذا الاشْتِباهُ هُوَ الَّذِي احْتَجَّ بِهِ المُنْكِرُونَ لِلوُجُودِ الذِّهْنِيِّ، حَيْثُ قالُوا: لَوْ حَصَلَتِ الأَشْياءُ بِأَنْفُسِها لَزِمَ احْتِراقُ الذِّهْنِ عِنْدَ تَصَوُّرِ النّارِ، وَاخْتِراقُهُ عِنْدَ تَصَوُّرِ الجَبَلِ، وَاتِّصافُهُ بِالبَياضِ وَالسَّوادِ عِنْدَ تَصَوُّرِهِما، وَهٰكَذا. وَحَلُّهُ أَنَّهُ مِنْ بابِ أَخْذِ ما بِالعَرَضِ مَكانَ ما بِالذّاتِ؛ يَعْنِي أَنَّ الإِحْراقَ وَالخَرْقَ وَغَيْرَهُما مِنَ العَوارِضِ الَّتِي تَلْحَقُ الشَّيْءَ إِذا وُجِدَ بِوُجُودٍ أَصْلِيٍّ خارِجِيٍّ، وَلَيْسَتْ مِنَ العَوارِضِ لِلوُجُودِ الظِّلِّيِّ الذِّهْنِيِّ. وَمِنْها أَخْذُ جُزْءِ العِلَّةِ مَكانَ العِلَّةِ، كَما إِذا حَمَلَ سَبْعُونَ رَجُلًا حَجَرًا ثَقِيلًا سَبْعِينَ فَرْسَخًا مَثَلًا، فَيُتَوَهَّمُ أَنَّ الواحِدَ مِنْهُمْ يَحْمِلُهُ فَرْسَخًا واحِدًا. وَمِنْها إِجْراءُ طَرِيقِ الأَوْلَوِيَّةِ عِنْدَ الاخْتِلافِ، كَما تَقُولُ: «الإِنْسانُ لَيْسَ بِأَوْلَى بِإِفاضَةِ النَّفْسِ النّاطِقَةِ مِنَ العُصْفُورِ بَعْدَما اشْتَرَكا فِي الحَيَوانِيَّةِ». وَمِنْها ما وَقَعَ مِنْ قِلَّةِ المُبالاةِ بِالحَيْثِيّاتِ وَتَرْكِ الاعْتِناءِ بِها، كَقَوْلِ القائِلِ: «كُلُّ أَبْيَضَ دَخَلَ فِي حَقِيقَتِهِ البَياضُ، وَزَيْدٌ أَبْيَضُ»، فَيَلْزَمُ دُخُولُ البَياضِ فِي حَقِيقَتِهِ؛ وَمَنْشَأُ الغَلَطِ فِيهِ أَنَّ البَياضَ فِي مَفْهُومِ الأَبْيَضِ مِنْ حَيْثُ إِنَّهُ أَبْيَضُ، لا مِنْ حَيْثُ إِنَّهُ حَيَوانٌ وَإِنْسانٌ. وَمِنْها قَوْلُهُمْ: مُماثِلُ المُماثِلِ مُماثِلٌ، نَحْوُ: «الإِنْسانُ مُماثِلٌ لِلنَّخْلَةِ، وَالنَّخْلَةُ مُماثِلَةٌ لِلحَجَرِ فِي كَوْنِهِ غَيْرَ ذِي نَفْسٍ»، فَيَلْزَمُ كَوْنُ زَيْدٍ جَمادًا؛ وَوَجْهُ التَّغْلِيطِ فِيهِ أَنَّ مُماثَلَةَ النَّخْلَةِ لِلإِنْسانِ فِي أَمْرٍ، وَهُوَ الطُّولُ مَثَلًا، وَمُماثَلَتَها لِلحَجَرِ فِي شَيْءٍ آخَرَ. وَمِمّا يُوقِعُ فِي الغَلَطِ أَخْذُ العَدَمِ المُقابِلِ لِلمَلَكَةِ مَكانَ الضِّدِّ وَالنَّقِيضِ، كَالسُّكُونِ؛ فَإِنَّهُ عَدَمُ الحَرَكَةِ عَمّا مِنْ شَأْنِهِ أَنْ يَتَحَرَّكَ، وَكَالعَمَى؛ فَإِنَّهُ عَدَمُ البَصَرِ عَمّا مِنْ شَأْنِهِ أَنْ يَكُونَ بَصِيرًا، فَيُظَنُّ أَنَّ الحَجَرَ ساكِنَةٌ وَالجِدارَ أَعْمَى. وَمِنَ المُغالَطاتِ المَشْهُورَةِ قَوْلُهُمْ: لا يُمْكِنُ تَحْصِيلُ مَجْهُولٍ؛ لِأَنَّ ذٰلِكَ المَجْهُولَ إِذا حَصَلَ فَبِمَ يُعْرَفُ أَنَّهُ مَطْلُوبُكَ؟ فَلا بُدَّ مِنْ بَقاءِ الجَهْلِ، أَوْ وُجُودِ العِلْمِ قَبْلَهُ حَتَّى تَعْرِفَ أَنَّهُ هُوَ، وَعَلَى التَّقْدِيرَيْنِ يَمْتَنِعُ تَحْصِيلُهُ: أَمّا عَلَى الأَوَّلِ فَلِاسْتِحالَةِ مَعْرِفَتِهِ إِذا وُجِدَ، وَأَمّا عَلَى الثّانِي فَلِامْتِناعِ تَحْصِيلِ الحاصِلِ. وَالجَوابُ أَنَّ المَطْلُوبَ مَعْلُومٌ مِنْ وَجْهٍ وَمَجْهُولٌ مِنْ وَجْهٍ، فَبَعْدَ حُصُولِ المَجْهُولِ يُعْلَمُ بِالوَجْهِ المَعْلُومِ المُخَصِّصِ أَنَّهُ المَطْلُوبُ، وَهٰذا كَمِثْلِ عَبْدٍ آبِقٍ إِذا وُجِدَ؛ فَإِنَّهُ كانَ مَعْلُومَ الذّاتِ مَجْهُولَ المَكانِ، فَبَعْدَما وُجِدَ عَرَفْتَ بِما كُنْتَ عارِفًا بِهِ مِنْ ذاتِهِ وَصُورَتِهِ أَنَّهُ آبِقُكَ.

These too are of several kinds, for they arise either from the matter or from the form. Those that arise from the matter: as when [an ] is such that, if the meanings in it are arranged in a way that makes it true, it is not a , and if they are arranged in a way that makes it a syllogism, it is not true. For example: “Human is rational insofar as it is rational, and nothing rational, insofar as it is rational, is an animal; so no human is an animal.” For if the qualification “insofar as it is rational” is kept, the is false; if it is dropped from it, the is false; and if it is dropped from the minor premise and kept in the major, the form of the syllogism breaks down, because [the ] is not shared. Those that arise from the form: as when [an argument] has a form that does not produce [a ]; all of that is faulty composition (sūʾ al-taʾlīf). For example, someone's saying: “Time encompasses events, and the celestial sphere also encompasses them”, producing “So time is the celestial sphere.” This is the second , and the condition that the two differ in and is missing in it, since here both are affirmative. Now we mention some of the fallacies (mughālaṭāt) whose cause is a defect in the form. We say: among the formal fallacies is begging the question (al-muṣādara ʿalā l-maṭlūb), as in “Zayd is a human, because he is a human being (bashar), and every human being is a human.” Among them is taking what is so accidentally (bi-l-ʿaraḍ) in place of what is so essentially (bi-l-dhāt), as in “The one sitting in the ship is moving, and nothing that moves stays fixed in one place.” Among them is the middle term's not being repeated in full, as when it is said: “Human has hair, and all hair grows [like a plant]”, producing “Human grows [like a plant].” For the middle term is “has hair”, and it was not made, in full, the of the major premise. Among them is the middle term's not being the same in the two premises, because it differs as to potentiality and actuality, as in “The silent one is a speaker, and the speaker is not silent”, producing “The silent one is not silent.” Among them is a flaw in the construction arising from a doubt whether a qualification belongs to the subject or to the , as in their saying: “Human alone is laughing, and everything laughing is an animal”, producing “Human alone is an animal.” The error arose only from imagining that the word “alone” is part of the subject. Had it been made part of the predicate, so that one said: “Human is: that which alone is laughing; and everything that alone is laughing is an animal”, the conclusion would be true, because it would then be “Human is an animal.” So the error in this example comes from a faulty view of the predication. Among them is the 's not being predicated, in the major premise, of all the individuals of the middle term, as when you say: “Every human is an animal, and animal is general, or a , or said of many that differ in their ”, which produces “Every human is general, or a genus, or said of many that differ in their realities.” That is certainly false. The cause of the error is only the neglect of the universality of the major premise: the major premise is a natural (ṭabīʿiyya), so the judgement does not pass on [to the individuals]. Among them is [the error] that occurs because the copulas come before or after the negations, and likewise because the modality (jiha) comes before or after the negations: as in “Zayd is not standing” (Zayd laysa huwa bi-qāʾim) and “Zayd is not-standing” (Zayd huwa laysa bi-qāʾim); “necessarily it is not” and “it is not necessarily”; and “it is not required that it be” [as against] “it is required that it not be”. The multiplying of negations also belongs to this chapter: the even degrees, such as the negation of a negation, and the negation of the negation of the negation of a negation, are affirmation; and the odd ones, such as the negation of the negation of a negation, and so on, are negation. Among them is taking mental considerations (iʿtibārāt dhihniyya) and intellectual predicates as things in external reality: as when it is said “Human is ”, and one supposes that it is so in external things. That supposition is not correct, for universality attaches to things only in the mind, not outside it. Through this verification another fallacy (ughlūṭa) is resolved. It is set out as follows: “The impossible exists; for if something were impossible outside [the mind], its impossibility would obtain outside, and so the impossible would exist outside.” So the existence of the impossible would follow, which is certainly false. The way it is resolved: impossibility is a mental consideration; a thing's being qualified by it does not require that [impossibility] exist outside, so as to require that what is qualified by it exist outside. Among them is taking the image (mithāl) of a thing in place of the thing, as when you say of an image of fire: “It is fire, and all fire burns, so it burns.” This confusion is what the deniers of mental existence argued from, when they said: if things were present [in the mind] in themselves, the mind would have to burn when it fire, be pierced when it conceives a mountain, and be qualified by whiteness and blackness when it conceives them, and so on. Its resolution is that it belongs to taking what is so accidentally in place of what is so essentially. That is, burning, piercing and the like are among the accidents that attach to a thing when it exists with original, external existence; they are not among the accidents of shadow, mental existence (al-wujūd al-ẓillī al-dhihnī). Among them is taking part of the cause in place of the cause: as when seventy men carry a heavy stone seventy parasangs, say, and one imagines that one of them alone would carry it one parasang. Among them is applying the argument from priority (awlawiyya) where [the two cases] differ, as when you say: “Human has no more claim than the sparrow to receive the rational soul, since the two share in animality.” Among them is what arises from carelessness about the respects (ḥaythiyyāt) [in which something is said] and from not attending to them, as in someone's saying: “Every white thing has whiteness entering into its reality, and Zayd is white”, so that whiteness would have to enter into his reality. The source of the error here is that whiteness is in the concept of “white” insofar as it is white, not insofar as it is an animal and a human. Among them is their saying: the like of a like is a like; as in “Human is like the palm tree, and the palm tree is like the stone in not having a soul”, so it would follow that Zayd is inanimate. What misleads here is that the palm tree's likeness to human is in one thing, say tallness, and its likeness to the stone is in something else. Among the things that lead into error is taking the privation that is opposed to possession (al-ʿadam al-muqābil li-l-malaka) in place of the contrary and the . Such is rest: it is the absence of motion in what is apt to move; and such is blindness: it is the absence of sight in what is apt to see. So one supposes that the stone is at rest and the wall is blind. Among the well-known fallacies is their saying: an unknown cannot be . For when that unknown is obtained, by what would it be known that it is what you were seeking? So either the ignorance must remain, or the [of it] must exist beforehand so that you recognise that it is the one; and on either supposition acquiring it is impossible: on the first, because it is impossible to recognise it when it is found; on the second, because it is impossible to acquire what has already been acquired. The answer is that what is sought is known in one respect and unknown in another. So after the unknown is obtained, it is known, through the known respect that singles it out, that it is what was sought. This is like a runaway slave when he is found: he was known in his person and unknown in his whereabouts, so once he was found you recognised, by what you already knew of his person and his appearance, that he was your runaway.

· p. 55

Lesson 24 · A puzzle

أُغْلُوطَةٌ

أُغْلُوطَةٌ

93

لَوْ لَمْ يَصْدُقْ قَضِيَّةٌ لَمْ يَصْدُقْ «زَيْدٌ قائِمٌ»، وَكُلَّما لَمْ يَصْدُقْ «زَيْدٌ قائِمٌ» صَدَقَ نَقِيضُهُ، أَعْنِي «زَيْدٌ لَيْسَ بِقائِمٍ»، يُنْتِجُ: كُلَّما لَمْ يَصْدُقْ قَضِيَّةٌ صَدَقَ «زَيْدٌ لَيْسَ بِقائِمٍ»، مَعَ أَنَّها قَضِيَّةٌ مِنَ القَضايا. وَالحَلُّ أَنَّ التَّقادِيرَ المَأْخُوذَةَ فِي الكُبْرَى، أَعْنِي قَوْلَكَ: «كُلَّما لَمْ يَصْدُقْ زَيْدٌ قائِمٌ صَدَقَ نَقِيضُهُ، أَعْنِي زَيْدٌ لَيْسَ بِقائِمٍ»، إِنْ كانَتْ واقِعِيَّةً فَصِدْقُها مُسَلَّمٌ، لٰكِنْ لا انْدِراجَ؛ إِذِ الحُكْمُ فِي الصُّغْرَى إِنَّما هُوَ عَلَى التَّقادِيرِ الفَرْضِيَّةِ الغَيْرِ الواقِعِيَّةِ ضَرُورَةَ أَنَّ عَدَمَ صِدْقِ قَضِيَّةٍ مِنَ القَضايا مِنَ المُمْتَنِعاتِ، ضَرُورَةَ أَنَّ قَوْلَنا: «الواجِبُ مَوْجُودٌ أَوْ سَمِيعٌ أَوْ بَصِيرٌ» واجِبُ الصِّدْقِ، فَيَكُونُ عَدَمُ صِدْقِها مُحالًا؛ وَإِنْ كانَتْ تَقادِيرُ الكُبْرَى أَعَمَّ مَنَعْنا الكُلِّيَّةَ؛ إِذْ كَذِبُ الشَّيْءِ إِنَّما يَسْتَلْزِمُ صِدْقَ نَقِيضِهِ بِحَسَبِ الواقِعِ، فَإِنَّهُ جازَ عَلَى تَقْدِيرِ المُحالِ أَنْ يَكْذِبَ النَّقِيضانِ مَعًا؛ لِأَنَّ المُحالَ جازَ أَنْ يَسْتَلْزِمَ مُحالًا آخَرَ. وَيَقْرُبُ مِنْ هٰذِهِ الأُغْلُوطَةِ المُغالَطَةُ العامَّةُ الوُرُودِ الَّتِي يُمْكِنُ أَنْ يُثْبَتَ بِها أَيُّ مَطْلُوبٍ أَرَدْتَ، صادِقًا كانَ أَوْ كاذِبًا، فَنَقُولُ: المُدَّعَى ثابِتٌ؛ لِأَنَّهُ لَوْ لَمْ يَكُنِ المُدَّعَى ثابِتًا كانَ نَقِيضُهُ ثابِتًا، وَكُلَّما كانَ نَقِيضُهُ ثابِتًا كانَ شَيْءٌ مِنَ الأَشْياءِ ثابِتًا، يُنْتِجُ: لَوْ لَمْ يَكُنِ المُدَّعَى ثابِتًا كانَ شَيْءٌ مِنَ الأَشْياءِ ثابِتًا، وَيَنْعَكِسُ بِعَكْسِ النَّقِيضِ: لَوْ لَمْ يَكُنْ شَيْءٌ مِنَ الأَشْياءِ ثابِتًا كانَ المُدَّعَى ثابِتًا، مَعَ أَنَّهُ شَيْءٌ مِنَ الأَشْياءِ، هٰذا خُلْفٌ. وَتَحَيَّرَ العُقَلاءُ فِي حَلِّهِ؛ فَمِنْ قائِلٍ يَقُولُ: إِنّا لا نُسَلِّمُ أَنَّ تِلْكَ الشَّرْطِيَّةَ تَنْعَكِسُ بِهٰذا العَكْسِ إِلَى هٰذِهِ الشَّرْطِيَّةِ، كَيْفَ وَالشَّيْئانِ فِي الأَصْلِ وَالعَكْسِ مُخْتَلِفانِ بِالعُمُومِ وَالخُصُوصِ، بَلْ عَكْسُ هٰذِهِ الشَّرْطِيَّةِ قَوْلُنا: «كُلَّما لَمْ يَكُنْ ذٰلِكَ الشَّيْءُ ثابِتًا كانَ المُدَّعَى ثابِتًا»، وَهُوَ حَقٌّ، وَإِنْ شِئْتَ قُلْتَ بِتَقْرِيرٍ آخَرَ: إِنَّ عَكْسَ تِلْكَ الشَّرْطِيَّةِ «لَوْ لَمْ يَكُنْ شَيْءٌ مِنَ الأَشْياءِ ثابِتًا فِي ضِمْنِ نَقِيضِ المُدَّعَى كانَ المُدَّعَى ثابِتًا». وَمِنْ مُجِيبٍ يُجِيبُ بِأَنَّ المُقَدَّمَ فِي العَكْسِ مُحالٌ، وَالمُحالُ جازَ أَنْ يَسْتَلْزِمَ نَقِيضَهُ. فَلا خُلْفَ. وَقَدْ وَقَعَ الإِطْنابُ فِي تَفْصِيلِ هٰذا البابِ؛ لِما أَنَّ الوَسائِلَ المُدَوَّنَةَ فِي هٰذا الفَنِّ الَّتِي جَرَتْ فِي زَمانِي هٰذا عادَةً قِراءَتُها خالِيَةٌ عَنْ تَفْصِيلِ بابِ المُغالَطَةِ، فَرَأَيْتُ أَنْ أُوَشِّحَ بِذِكْرِهِ رِسالَتِي هٰذِهِ؛ لِتَكُونَ نافِعَةً لِلمُتَعَلِّمِينَ، مُفِيدَةً لِلطّالِبِينَ.

If no were true, “Zayd is standing” would not be true; and whenever “Zayd is standing” is not true, its , I mean “Zayd is not standing”, is true. This produces: whenever no proposition is true, “Zayd is not standing” is true; and yet it is one of the propositions. The resolution: the suppositions (taqādīr) taken in the , I mean your words “Whenever ‘Zayd is standing’ is not true, its contradictory, I mean ‘Zayd is not standing’, is true”, are either actual (wāqiʿiyya) or more general. If they are actual, its truth is granted, but [the 's case] is not included under it: for the judgement in the minor premise is only on hypothetical, non-actual suppositions, necessarily so, since that no proposition at all is true is among the impossible things. It is necessarily so because our saying “The Necessary [Being] exists”, or “is hearing”, or “is seeing” is necessarily true, so its not being true is impossible. If the suppositions of the major premise are more general, we do not grant its universality: for the falsity of a thing entails the truth of its contradictory only in actuality, since on an impossible supposition both contradictories may be false together, because the impossible may entail another impossible. Close to this fallacy is the fallacy of general application, by which any claim you like can be proved, whether true or false. We say: the claim holds; for if the claim did not hold, its contradictory would hold; and whenever its contradictory holds, something holds. This produces: if the claim did not hold, something would hold. By (ʿaks al-naqīḍ) this to: if nothing held, the claim would hold; and yet [the claim] is something. This is absurd (khulf). Thinkers have been perplexed in resolving it. Some say: we do not grant that this converts by this conversion into that conditional. How could it, when the “thing” in the original and in the converse differ in generality and specificity? Rather, the converse of this conditional is our saying: “Whenever that thing does not hold, the claim holds”, and that is true. Or, if you like, put it another way: the converse of that conditional is “If nothing held within the contradictory of the claim, the claim would hold.” Others answer that the in the converse is impossible, and the impossible may entail its contradictory; so nothing absurd follows. This chapter has been treated at length because the handbooks written in this which it is customary to read in this time of mine lack a detailed treatment of the chapter on (mughālaṭa). So I saw fit to adorn this treatise of mine with it, so that it may benefit learners and be useful to students.

· p. 60

فَصْلٌ

94

وَلا بُدَّ أَنْ يُعْلَمَ أَنَّهُ إِذا كانَ إِحْدَى مُقَدِّمَتَيِ القِياسِ غَيْرَ بُرْهانِيَّةٍ، بَلْ كانَتْ جَدَلِيَّةً أَوْ خَطابِيَّةً أَوْ شِعْرِيَّةً أَوْ غَيْرَها، كانَ القِياسُ أَيْضًا غَيْرَ بُرْهانِيٍّ، وَكَذا الكَلامُ فِي القِياسِ الجَدَلِيِّ وَنَظائِرِهِ. وَبِالجُمْلَةِ المُؤَلَّفُ مِنَ الرّاجِحِ وَالمَرْجُوحِ مَرْجُوحٌ. وَهٰهُنا قَدْ تَمَّ بَحْثُ الصِّناعاتِ الخَمْسِ، وَبِهِ تَمَّ مَقاصِدُ الفَنِّ بِنَوْعَيْهِ، أَعْنِي المُوصِلَ إِلَى التَّصَوُّرِ وَالمُوصِلَ إِلَى التَّصْدِيقِ.

It must be known that if one of the two of a is not demonstrative, but is dialectical, rhetorical, poetic or something else, the syllogism too is not demonstrative; and the same holds for the dialectical syllogism and its counterparts. In short, what is composed of the stronger and the weaker is weaker. Here the discussion of the is complete, and with it the aims of the art in both its kinds are complete, I mean what leads to and what leads to .

· p. 62

Conclusion (al-khātima)

الخاتِمَةُ

خاتِمَةٌ

95

لِكُلِّ عِلْمٍ ثَلاثَةُ أُمُورٍ: أَحَدُها المَوْضُوعُ، وَهُوَ ما يُبْحَثُ فِي العِلْمِ عَنْ عَوارِضِهِ اللّاحِقَةِ الذّاتِيَّةِ، كَبَدَنِ الإِنْسانِ لِعِلْمِ الطِّبِّ، وَالكَلِمَةِ وَالكَلامِ لِعِلْمِ النَّحْوِ، وَالمِقْدارِ المُتَّصِلِ لِعِلْمِ الهَنْدَسَةِ، وَالمَعْلُومِ التَّصَوُّرِيِّ وَالمَعْلُومِ التَّصْدِيقِيِّ لِصِناعَتِي هٰذِهِ. وَيَنْبَغِي أَنْ يُعْلَمَ أَنَّهُ لا يُبْحَثُ عَنْ وُجُودِ المَوْضُوعِ، وَلا يُبْحَثُ عَنْ ماهِيَّتِهِ فِي العِلْمِ الَّذِي هُوَ مَوْضُوعٌ لَهُ؛ فَلا يَبْحَثُ الطَّبِيبُ عَنْ بَدَنِ الإِنْسانِ مِنْ حَيْثُ إِنَّهُ مَوْجُودٌ، وَجِسْمٌ نامٍ، أَوْ حَيَوانٌ ناطِقٌ، وَلا النَّحْوِيُّ عَنْ حَقِيقَةِ الكَلِمَةِ وَالكَلامِ. وَمِنْ ثَمَّ لَمّا كانَ مَوْضُوعُ عِلْمِ الطَّبِيعِيِّ الجِسْمَ المُطْلَقَ، وَكانَ صاحِبُ هٰذا الفَنِّ يُورِدُ مَباحِثَ الهَيُولَى وَالصُّورَةِ فِي الطَّبِيعِيّاتِ، أُشْكِلَ عَلَيْهِ أَنَّ الهَيُولَى وَالصُّورَةَ مِنْ أَجْزاءِ الجِسْمِ وَمُقَوِّماتِهِ، فَكَيْفَ يُورِدُ هٰذِهِ المَباحِثَ فِي الطَّبِيعِيّاتِ؟ وَاعْتُذِرَ مِنْ قِبَلِهِ أَنَّ هٰذِهِ المَباحِثَ اسْتِطْرادِيَّةٌ. وَثانِيها المَبادِي، وَالمَبادِي ما يُبْتَنَى عَلَيْهِ المَسائِلُ، وَهِيَ إِمّا تَصَوُّرِيَّةٌ، أَيْ حُدُودٌ تُورَدُ لِمَوْضُوعِ الصِّناعَةِ وَأَجْزائِهِ وَجُزْئِيّاتِهِ وَأَعْراضِهِ الذّاتِيَّةِ، أَوْ تَصْدِيقِيَّةٌ، وَهِيَ المُقَدِّماتُ الَّتِي تُؤَلَّفُ مِنْها قِياساتُهُ، إِمّا بَدِيهِيَّةٌ وَتُسَمَّى العُلُومَ المُتَعارَفَةَ، أَوْ غَيْرُ بَدِيهِيَّةٍ بَلْ نَظَرِيَّةٌ مُسَلَّمَةٌ: فَإِنْ كانَ التَّسْلِيمُ عَلَى سَبِيلِ حُسْنِ الظَّنِّ مِمَّنْ أَلْقاهُ إِلَيْهِ تُسَمَّى أُصُولًا مَوْضُوعَةً، وَإِنْ كانَ التَّسْلِيمُ مَعَ الاسْتِنْكارِ يُسَمَّى مُصادَرَةً. وَثالِثُها المَسائِلُ، وَهِيَ الَّتِي اشْتَمَلَ العِلْمُ عَلَيْها، وَيُحاوَلُ إِثْباتُها بِالدَّلِيلِ.

Every science has three things. The first is the (mawḍūʿ): that whose accidents, which attach to it, are investigated in the science; like the human body for medicine, the word and speech for grammar, continuous magnitude for geometry, and what is known by and what is known by for this of mine. It should be known that neither the existence of the subject nor its is investigated in the science of which it is the subject. So the physician does not investigate the human body insofar as it is existent, a growing body, or a rational animal; nor does the grammarian investigate the of the word and of speech. Hence, since the subject of natural science is body as such, and the master of this discipline sets out the discussions of prime matter (hayūlā) and form in the natural sciences, the difficulty was raised against him that prime matter and form are among the parts and constituents of body: so how can he set out these discussions in the natural sciences? The excuse offered on his behalf is that these discussions are digressions. The second is the principles (mabādī). The principles are what the questions are built on. They are either conceptual, that is, definitions given of the subject of the art, of its parts, its and its essential accidents; or assent-related, namely the of which its syllogisms are composed. These are either (badīhī), and are called axioms (al-ʿulūm al-mutaʿārafa); or not immediate but and granted. If they are granted out of good opinion of the one who put them forward, they are called posited principles (uṣūl mawḍūʿa); if they are granted with reluctance, [such a premise] is called a postulate (muṣādara). The third is the questions (masāʾil): what the science contains, and which it tries to establish by proof.

· p. 62

فَصْلٌ فِي الرُّؤُوسِ الثَّمانِيَةِ

96

اعْلَمْ أَنَّ القُدَماءَ كانُوا يَذْكُرُونَ فِي مَبادِي الكُتُبِ أَشْياءَ ثَمانِيَةً، وَيُسَمُّونَها الرُّؤُوسَ الثَّمانِيَةَ: أَحَدُها الغَرَضُ، أَعْنِي العِلَّةَ الغائِيَّةَ؛ لِئَلّا يَكُونَ النّاظِرُ عابِثًا. وَثانِيها المَنْفَعَةُ؛ لِيَتَسَهَّلَ عَلَيْهِ المَشَقَّةُ فِي تَحْصِيلِهِ. وَثالِثُها التَّسْمِيَةُ أَعْنِي عُنْوانَ العِلْمِ؛ لِيَكُونَ عِنْدَ النّاظِرِ إِجْمالُ ما يُفَصِّلُهُ الغَرَضُ. وَرابِعُها المُؤَلِّفُ؛ لِيَسْكُنَ قَلْبُ المُتَعَلِّمِ. وَخامِسُها أَنَّهُ فِي أَيِّ مَرْتَبَةٍ هُوَ؛ لِيُعْلَمَ عَلَى أَيِّ عِلْمٍ يَجِبُ تَقْدِيمُهُ، وَعَنْ أَيِّ عِلْمٍ يَجِبُ تَأْخِيرُهُ. وَسادِسُها أَنَّهُ مِنْ أَيِّ عِلْمٍ هُوَ؛ لِيُطْلَبَ ما يَلِيقُ بِهِ. وَسابِعُها القِسْمَةُ، وَهُوَ أَبْوابُ العِلْمِ وَالكِتابِ. وَثامِنُها أَنْحاءُ التَّعْلِيمِ، وَهِيَ التَّقْسِيمُ وَالتَّحْلِيلُ وَالتَّحْدِيدُ وَالبُرْهانُ؛ لِيُعْرَفَ أَنَّ الكِتابَ مُشْتَمِلٌ عَلَى كُلِّها أَوْ بَعْضِها. أَقُولُ وَأَنا مُحَمَّد فَضْل إِمام الخَيْرآبادِيُّ: هٰذا آخِرُ ما أَرَدْنا جَمْعَهُ وَتَأْلِيفَهُ فِي هٰذِهِ الرِّسالَةِ مِنْ كُتُبِ الأَقْدَمِينَ وَكَلِماتِ المُتَأَخِّرِينَ، وَالغَرَضُ مِنْ هٰذا التَّأْلِيفِ لَيْسَ إِلّا تَعْلِيمَ المُبْتَدِئِينَ، وَتَسْهِيلَ الأَمْرِ عَلَى الطّالِبِينَ؛ فَإِنْ نَفَعَكَ أَيُّها الطّالِبُ الرّاغِبُ هٰذِهِ العُجالَةُ نَفْعًا يَسِيرًا فَلا تَنْسَنِي بِدُعاءِ حُسْنِ الخاتِمَةِ، وَالنَّجاةِ مِنَ الحاطِمَةِ. وَصَلَّى اللهُ عَلَى سَيِّدِنا مُحَمَّدٍ خاتَمِ النَّبِيِّينَ، أَوَّلًا وَآخِرًا وَظاهِرًا وَباطِنًا، وَالحَمْدُ لِلّٰهِ رَبِّ العالَمِينَ.

Know that the ancients used to mention eight things at the beginnings of books, and called them the eight headings. The first is the aim, I mean the final cause, so that the reader does not act in vain. The second is the benefit, so that the hardship of acquiring [the science] is made easier for him. The third is the name, I mean the title of the science, so that the reader has a summary of what the aim sets out in detail. The fourth is the author, so that the learner's heart may be at rest. The fifth is the rank it holds, so that it is known which science it must come before and which it must come after. The sixth is which science it belongs to, so that what befits it may be sought. The seventh is the division, that is, the chapters of the science and of the book. The eighth is the modes of instruction: division, analysis, and , so that it is known whether the book contains all of them or some. I say, I being Muḥammad Faḍl-i Imām al-Khayrābādī: this is the end of what we wished to gather and compose in this treatise from the books of the ancients and the words of the later scholars. The aim of this composition is nothing but the instruction of beginners and making things easy for students. So if this hasty work benefits you even a little, O eager student, do not forget me in a prayer for a good end and for deliverance from al-Ḥāṭima [the Crushing Fire]. May God bless our master Muḥammad, the Seal of the Prophets, first and last, outwardly and inwardly; and praise be to God, Lord of the worlds.

· p. 63

Indian path, level 2: al-Mirqāt

Study it lesson by lesson: level 2